WO2016002634A1 - Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern-forming method, electronic device production method, and electronic device - Google Patents

Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern-forming method, electronic device production method, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016002634A1
WO2016002634A1 PCT/JP2015/068392 JP2015068392W WO2016002634A1 WO 2016002634 A1 WO2016002634 A1 WO 2016002634A1 JP 2015068392 W JP2015068392 W JP 2015068392W WO 2016002634 A1 WO2016002634 A1 WO 2016002634A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
radiation
actinic ray
resin composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/068392
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
研由 後藤
祥平 片岡
啓太 加藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2016531322A priority Critical patent/JP6438954B2/en
Publication of WO2016002634A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016002634A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a pattern forming method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an actinic ray used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, a further photofabrication process, a lithographic printing plate, and an acid curable composition.
  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a pattern forming method.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method and an electronic device manufactured by the method.
  • the chemically amplified resist composition generates an acid in the exposed area by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation such as ArF, and reacts with the developer in the irradiated and non-irradiated areas of the active ray or radiation by a reaction using this acid as a catalyst. It is a pattern forming material that changes the solubility and forms a pattern on a substrate.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 Various compounds have been developed for photoacid generators, which are the main constituents of chemically amplified resist compositions (for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • compositions containing the photoacid generators described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 have examined the compositions containing the photoacid generators described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, and in particular, in forming a very fine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less), the focus tolerance (DOF) : Depth Of Focus) and further improvement in sensitivity was desired.
  • DOE focus tolerance
  • the present invention is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a large focus tolerance and high sensitivity, particularly in the formation of extremely fine patterns (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less). It is an object of the present invention to provide a pattern forming method. Another object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
  • the present invention is as follows.
  • Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen atom having no fluorine atom
  • R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [11], wherein the resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI): .
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —R 9 .
  • R 9 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a cycloalkyl group.
  • T in the general formula (AI) is a single bond, Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are alkyl groups, and the total number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 is 4 or more.
  • the resin according to [11], [12] or [13], wherein the resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1): Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group
  • R 32 represents an alkyl group
  • R 33 represents an atomic group necessary for forming a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure together with the carbon atom to which R 32 is bonded.
  • a part of carbon atoms constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom or a group having a hetero atom.
  • a pattern forming method comprising: exposing the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film with a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a large focus tolerance and high sensitivity, particularly in the formation of a very fine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less), and a pattern forming method using the same It became possible to provide. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
  • the description which does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes what has a substituent with what does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in this specification is not only exposure with far ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays and EUV light, but also drawing with electron beams and ion beams. Are also included in the exposure.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive compound containing a compound (A) that generates a sulfonic acid represented by the general formula (I) upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. It is a radiation resin composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably for ArF exposure, and more preferably for ArF immersion exposure.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may be a negative resist composition for organic solvent development or a positive resist composition for alkali development, but for organic solvent development.
  • the negative resist composition is preferable.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the radiation-sensitive or actinic ray-sensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises a compound (A) that generates a sulfonic acid represented by the following general formula (I) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “photoacid generator”). (A) ").
  • Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen atom having no fluorine atom
  • R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
  • Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
  • the monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Rf 1 and Rf 2 include a fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17, CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 are mentioned, among which it is preferable to represent a fluorine atom or CF 3, and it is more preferable to represent a fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having no hydrogen atom or fluorine atom.
  • the monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and still more preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group, and more preferably represent a hydrogen atom.
  • R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. preferable.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, and a ketone group.
  • R 3 and R 4 preferably represent a hydrogen atom. It is also preferred that at least one of R 3 and R 4 represents an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 5 preferably represents a monovalent organic group having a cyclic structure, more preferably represents a monovalent organic group having a polycyclic ring structure, and more preferably represents a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an adamantyl group or a diamantyl group, and still more preferably an adamantyl group.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group. Group, and a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group is preferable.
  • the alkoxy group and the alkoxycarbonyl group may further have a substituent, and examples of the further substituent include a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • R 3 and R 4 are not bonded to R 5 to form a ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • n preferably represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
  • the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
  • the compound (A) may be an ionic compound or a nonionic compound, but is preferably an ionic compound, and more preferably an onium salt.
  • compound (A) When compound (A) is an onium salt, compound (A) preferably contains an onium cation and an anion.
  • the anion is preferably an anion represented by the following general formula (I-1).
  • Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen atom having no fluorine atom
  • R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
  • Rf 1 of (I-1) in, Rf 2, R 1 ⁇ R 5, and n Rf 1 in formula (I), Rf 2, R 1 ⁇ R 5, and be a n synonymous Specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the onium cation for example, the general formula (ZI) or (ZII) in cation described below (Z - portions other than) may be preferably mentioned.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
  • Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202 and R 203 include an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (having 3 carbon atoms). To 15 are preferred).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups.
  • the aryl group may be a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue or a pyrrole residue in addition to a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • These aryl groups, alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may be bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
  • the linking group include, but are not limited to, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), —O—, —S—, —CO—, —SO 2 — and the like.
  • Preferred structures when at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is not an aryl group include paragraphs 0046 and 0047 of JP-A-2004-233661, paragraphs 0040 to 0046 of JP-A-2003-35948, US Compounds exemplified as Formulas (I-1) to (I-70) in Patent Application Publication No.
  • More preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI) include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4). First, the compound represented by formula (ZI-3) will be described.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R X and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group.
  • R X and R y may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed may have an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the alkyl group as R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-octadecyl group, etc.
  • alkyl groups such as a linear alkyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, and 2-ethylhexyl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include a cyanomethyl group, a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, a methoxycarbonylmethyl group, and an ethoxycarbonylmethyl group. Can be mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom in the ring. Specific examples include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group.
  • the alkoxy group as R 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropyloxy group, a t-butyloxy group, a t-amyloxy group, and an n-butyloxy group.
  • the alkoxy group as R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkoxy group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, and an adamantyloxy group.
  • the cycloalkoxy group as R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group as R 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 1 may have a substituent, and preferred substituents include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, and an arylthio group.
  • the substituent is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cycloalkoxy group, the same groups as the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group and cycloalkoxy group as R 1 described above can be used.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group as R 1 include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring. However, at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 2 and R 3 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 .
  • the total number of carbon atoms that contribute to the formation of the ring contained in R 2 and R 3 is preferably 4 to 7, and is preferably 4 or 5 It is particularly preferred that
  • R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 is an aryl group (preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent), and R 2 has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • An alkylene group preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group
  • examples of the preferable substituent include the same substituents that the aryl group as R 1 may have.
  • R 1 and R 2 are connected to each other to form a ring, it is also preferable that R 1 is a vinyl group and R 2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group and the like.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably 2 to 30 alkenyl groups such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a styryl group.
  • aryl group represented by R X and R y for example, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an azulenyl group, an acenaphthylenyl group, a phenanthrenyl group, a penalenyl group, a phenyl group examples thereof include a nantracenyl group, a fluorenyl group, an anthracenyl group, a pyrenyl group, and a benzopyrenyl group.
  • Preferred are a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and more preferred is a phenyl group.
  • alkyl group moiety of the 2-oxoalkyl group and alkoxycarbonylalkyl group represented by R X and R y for example, those previously listed as R X and R y.
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined in the general formula (ZI-3).
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
  • Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom, and is preferably an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • t is 1 when Y is a nitrogen atom, is 0 when Y is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and R 5 does not exist.
  • m, n, p and q represent integers, preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
  • the alkylene group linking S + and Y and the alkylene group linking S + and the carbonyl group may have a substituent, and preferred substituents include an alkyl group.
  • R 5 represents a monovalent organic group when Y is a nitrogen atom, and is absent when Y is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • R 5 is preferably a group containing an electron withdrawing group, and particularly preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-3).
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 in formula (ZI-3).
  • * represents a bond connected to a nitrogen atom as Y in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3a).
  • R 5 is particularly preferably a group represented by —SO 2 —R 4 .
  • R 4 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 4 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 in formula (ZI-3).
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an optionally substituted hydroxyl group, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, or cycloalkyl group.
  • R 14 represents a hydroxyl group or an optionally substituted alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or cycloalkyl group.
  • R 15 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group, which may have a substituent.
  • Two R 15 may be the same or different.
  • Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed may further have a hetero atom in addition to the sulfur atom in the formula.
  • l represents an integer of 0-2.
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8. When r is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 14 may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched, and those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkoxy group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 2 to 11 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the group having a cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 include a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group of the alkyl group of R 14 include the same specific examples and the alkyl group as R 13 ⁇ R 15 described above.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group for R 14 are linear, branched, or cyclic and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • each of the above groups may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • a 5-membered or 6-membered ring formed by two R 15 together with a sulfur atom in the general formula (ZI-4) particularly preferable Includes a 5-membered ring (that is, a tetrahydrothiophene ring or a 2,5-dihydrothiophene ring), and may be condensed with an aryl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • This divalent R 15 may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group. Group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group and the like. There may be a plurality of substituents for the ring structure, or they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 15 in the general formula (ZI-4) is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a naphthyl group, or a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom.
  • a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom is particularly preferable.
  • R 13 and R 14 may have is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom).
  • l is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
  • r is preferably from 0 to 2.
  • cation structure possessed by the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) described above include the above-mentioned JP-A-2004-233661, JP-A-2003-35948, In addition to cationic structures such as compounds exemplified in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1 and US Patent Application Publication No.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are the same as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the above general formula (ZI).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI) may have.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 and R 205 a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), Aryl groups (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, phenylthio groups, and the like. Specific examples of the cation of the compound represented by formula (ZII) are shown.
  • the content of the compound (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, The content is preferably 3 to 25% by mass, more preferably 7 to 20% by mass.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of compound (A), may contain two or more types of compounds (A), and may contain compound (A).
  • a photoacid generator other than the compound (A) hereinafter also referred to as photoacid generator (A ′)
  • the photoacid generator (A ′) may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator (A ′) is in the form of a low molecular compound
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • the photoacid generator (A ′) is incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above, or incorporated in a resin different from the acid-decomposable resin. It may be.
  • the photoacid generator (A ′) is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains two or more photoacid generators, the total content of the photoacid generator is preferably within the above range.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of compounds (A), the LWR of the pattern to be formed becomes smaller, so that in the general formula (I) It is preferable to contain two or more compounds (A) having the same anion structure and different cation structures.
  • a photoinitiator for photocationic polymerization As the photoacid generator (A ′), a photoinitiator for photocationic polymerization, a photoinitiator for photoradical polymerization, a photodecolorant for dyes, a photochromic agent, an actinic ray used for a micro resist, etc.
  • known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with radiation and a mixture thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
  • Examples include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
  • a compound in which a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is introduced into the main chain or side chain of the polymer for example, US Pat. No. 3,849,137, German Patent 3914407, etc. JP, 63-26653, JP, 55-164824, JP, 62-69263, JP, 63-146038, JP, 63-163452, JP, 62
  • the compounds described in JP-A-153833 and JP-A-63-146029 can be used.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is further referred to as a resin (hereinafter referred to as “resin (B)” or “acid-decomposable resin”) that has a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. ) Is preferably included.
  • the resin (B) is typically a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and the solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is decreased, and the solubility in an alkali developer is increased by the action of an acid. Resin.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can take the form of positive and negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions.
  • the resin (B) has a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group in the main chain or the side chain, or in both the main chain and the side chain.
  • the resin (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid.
  • Preferred examples of the polar group include a carboxy group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), and a sulfonic acid group.
  • a preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these polar groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
  • the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group that can be contained in the resin (B) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI).
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —R 9 .
  • the methyl group may have a substituent.
  • R 9 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms and an acyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • Xa 1 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group (straight or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, and the like.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • T is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group or a — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a linear or branched group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
  • Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-described cycloalkyl group is preferable.
  • T in the general formula (AI) is a single bond, and Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably alkyl groups, and the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3
  • the total number of carbon atoms is more preferably 4 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 6 or more. In this case, two or three of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 are not bonded to form a ring.
  • Xa 1 represents any of H, CH 3 , CF 3 , and CH 2 OH
  • Rxa and Rxb each represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the resin (B) is more preferably a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) as a repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI).
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group
  • R 32 represents an alkyl group
  • R 33 represents an atomic group necessary for forming a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure together with the carbon atom to which R 32 is bonded.
  • a part of carbon atoms constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom or a group having a hetero atom.
  • the alkyl group for R 31 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 31 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 32 is preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • R 32 is, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, or a t-butyl group, preferably an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group, and more preferably a t-butyl group.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably a 3- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • examples of the hetero atom capable of substituting a part of the carbon atoms constituting the ring include an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and a group having a hetero atom
  • examples of the carbonyl group include a carbonyl group.
  • the group having a hetero atom is preferably not an ester group (ester bond).
  • the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably formed only from the carbon atom and the hydrogen atom.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1 ').
  • R 31 and R 32 have the same meanings as those in General Formula (1).
  • repeating unit having the structure represented by the general formula (1) are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 15 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 25 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (B). It is more preferably 70 mol%, particularly preferably 30 to 60 mol%, and most preferably 35 to 60 mol%.
  • the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (B) may be one type, or two or more types may be used in combination. As the combination in the case of using together, the following are preferable.
  • each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the resin (B) is further composed of a lactone group, a sultone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid group. It is preferable to have a repeating unit having at least one selected group.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group that can be contained in the resin (B) will be described.
  • the resin (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone (cyclic sulfonate ester) structure.
  • Any lactone group or sultone group can be used as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure, but it is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a sultone structure, and a 5- to 7-membered lactone A structure in which another ring structure is condensed to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in the structure or sultone structure is preferable.
  • a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • Preferred lactone structures or sultone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-8), and more preferably (LC1-4).
  • the lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl groups. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
  • the resin (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by the following general formula (III).
  • A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
  • R 0 independently represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
  • Z each is independently a single bond, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group each independently.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0-2.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkylene group and cycloalkylene group represented by R 0 may have a substituent.
  • Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond.
  • the alkyl group for R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkylene group of R 0 , the cycloalkylene group, and the alkyl group in R 7 may each be substituted.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, a mercapto group, and a hydroxy group.
  • R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • the preferred chain alkylene group for R 0 is preferably a chain alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
  • a preferred cycloalkylene group is a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a norbornylene group, and an adamantylene group.
  • a chain alkylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is particularly preferable.
  • the monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by R 8 is not limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure, and is represented by the general formula (LC1-1) described above as a specific example. Examples include a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by (LC1-17), (SL1-1), and (SL1-2), and a structure represented by (LC1-4) is particularly preferable. Further, n 2 in (LC1-1) to (LC1-17), (SL1-1) and (SL1-2) is more preferably 2 or less.
  • R 8 is preferably a monovalent organic group having an unsubstituted lactone structure or sultone structure, or a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or sultone structure having a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent.
  • a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure (cyanolactone) or a sultone structure (cyanosultone) having a cyano group as a substituent is more preferable.
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III-1) or (III-1 ′) is more preferable.
  • R 7 , A, R 0 , Z, and n are as defined in the general formula (III).
  • R 7 ′, A ′, R 0 ′, Z ′ and n ′ are respectively synonymous with R 7 , A, R 0 , Z and n in the general formula (III).
  • R 9 is each independently in the presence of two or more groups, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, and when a plurality of bonded two R 9, ring May be formed.
  • R 9 ′ each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, and when there are a plurality of R 9 ′, two R 9 ′ are bonded. , May form a ring.
  • X and X ′ each independently represents an alkylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • m and m ′ are the number of substituents, and each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • m and m ′ are preferably each independently 0 or 1.
  • the alkyl group for R 9 and R 9 ′ is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and most preferably a methyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
  • Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, n-butoxycarbonyl group, t-butoxycarbonyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, and a butoxy group.
  • R 9 and R 9 ′ are more preferably a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, and even more preferably a cyano group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group for X and X ′ include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • X and X ′ are preferably an oxygen atom or a methylene group, more preferably a methylene group.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 15 to 60 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol in total with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (B) when plural types are contained. %, More preferably 30 to 50 mol%.
  • Resin (B) may also contain a repeating unit having the above-mentioned lactone structure or sultone structure in addition to the unit represented by formula (III).
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used.
  • One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
  • the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is 15 to 60 mol% in total with respect to all the repeating units in the resin when a plurality of types are contained. More preferably, it is 20 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 50 mol%.
  • lactone or sultone repeating units selected from general formula (III) can be used in combination.
  • the resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit other than the general formula (AI) having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
  • the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, and preferably has no acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having these structures include the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIId).
  • R 1 c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 2 c to R 4 c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, at least one of R 2 c to R 4 c represents a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
  • one or two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the remaining is a hydrogen atom. More preferably, two of R 2 c to R 4 c are hydroxyl groups and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
  • repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bisulsulfonylimide group, and an aliphatic alcohol (for example, hexafluoroisopropanol group) substituted with an electron withdrawing group at the ⁇ -position. It is more preferable to have a repeating unit. By containing the repeating unit having an acid group, the resolution in the contact hole application is increased.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acid group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group.
  • a repeating unit that is bonded, or a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group is introduced at the end of the polymer chain during polymerization, and the linking group is a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon structure. You may have. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably from 0 to 20 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 15 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 10 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group and an acid group is more preferably a repeating unit having at least two selected from a lactone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group and an acid group.
  • it is a repeating unit having a cyano group and a lactone group.
  • Particularly preferred is a repeating unit having a structure in which a cyano group is substituted on the lactone structure of (LCI-4).
  • the resin (B) may further have a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability.
  • Good This can reduce the elution of low molecular components from the resist film to the immersion liquid during immersion exposure.
  • repeating units include repeating units of 1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, diamantyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate, and cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the resin (B) of the present invention further contains a repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group. It is preferable.
  • R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group.
  • Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • the cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (more preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic ring Examples include hydrocarbon rings.
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring also includes, for example, a condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed.
  • Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent, and preferred substituents include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected with a protecting group, an amino group protected with a protecting group, and the like. It is done. Preferred halogen atoms include bromine, chlorine and fluorine atoms, and preferred alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl and t-butyl groups.
  • the above alkyl group may further have a substituent, and the substituent which may further have a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected with a protecting group, an amino protected with a protecting group The group can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the protecting group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aralkyloxycarbonyl group.
  • Preferred alkyl groups include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • preferred substituted methyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl groups, and preferred substituted ethyl groups.
  • acyl groups include aliphatic acyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl and pivaloyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl Examples of the group include an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group is preferably 0 to 40 mol%, more preferably based on all repeating units in the resin (B). 0 to 20 mol%.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • Resin (B) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (nI) or general formula (nII).
  • R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, or a lactone structure.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a methylene group, an ethylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • Examples of the acid-decomposable group in the group having an acid-decomposable group as R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ include cumyl ester group, enol ester group, acetal ester group, tertiary alkyl ester group, etc.
  • a tertiary alkyl ester group represented by —C ( ⁇ O) —O—R 0 is preferred.
  • R 0 is a tertiary alkyl group such as t-butyl group or t-amyl group, isobornyl group, 1-ethoxyethyl group, 1-butoxyethyl group, 1-isobutoxyethyl group, 1-cyclohexyloxy 1-alkoxyethyl group such as ethyl group, alkoxymethyl group such as 1-methoxymethyl group and 1-ethoxymethyl group, 3-oxoalkyl group, tetrahydropyranyl group, tetrahydrofuranyl group, trialkylsilyl ester group, 3- Examples thereof include an oxocyclohexyl ester group, a 2-methyl-2-adamantyl group, a mevalonic lactone residue, and the like.
  • At least one of R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ is preferably a group having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the halogen atom in R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a fluorine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ is more preferably a group represented by the following general formula (F1).
  • R 50 to R 55 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group. However, at least one of R 50 to R 55 represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Rx is a hydrogen atom or an organic group (preferably an acid-decomposable protecting group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an acyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group), and preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 50 to R 55 are preferably all fluorine atoms.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (nI) or the general formula (nII) include the following specific examples, but the present invention is not limited to these compounds. Of these, repeating units represented by (II-f-16) to (II-f-19) are preferred.
  • Resin (B) adjusts dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are general necessary characteristics of resist, in addition to the above repeating structural units. For this purpose, various repeating structural units can be included.
  • repeating structural units include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to the following monomers.
  • a monomer for example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. Etc.
  • any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
  • the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the resist dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and the general required performance of the resist, resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity. It is set appropriately in order to adjust etc.
  • the resin (B) preferably has no aromatic group from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light. Moreover, it is preferable that resin (B) does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom from a compatible viewpoint with the hydrophobic resin mentioned later.
  • Resin (B) is preferably one in which all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units.
  • all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
  • the resin (B) is:
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (AI) it is preferable to further have a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit. More preferably, it has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, an acid-decomposable repeating unit such as a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected with an acid-decomposable group, and a (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester.
  • repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group examples include t-butoxycarbonyloxystyrene, 1-alkoxyethoxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester repeating units, and the like.
  • 2-alkyl- More preferred are repeating units of 2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate and dialkyl (1-adamantyl) methyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the resin (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • reaction solvent examples include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and diisopropyl ether, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, amide solvents such as dimethylformamide and dimethylacetamide, Furthermore, the solvent which melt
  • the polymerization is carried out using the same solvent as that used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention. Thereby, generation
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon.
  • a polymerization initiator a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization.
  • an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Preferable initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If desired, an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery.
  • the concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 20,000, even more as a polystyrene converted value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method. Preferably it is 3,000 to 15,000, particularly preferably 3,000 to 10,000.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin are measured by GPC (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature). : 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: RI).
  • the degree of dispersion is usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 to 2.6, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 1.7.
  • the blending amount of the resin (B) in the entire composition is preferably 50 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content. It is.
  • the resin (B) may be used alone or in combination.
  • resin (B) Specific examples of the resin (B) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably different from the resin (B).
  • Hydrophobic resins are preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface, but unlike surfactants, they do not necessarily have hydrophilic groups in the molecule and contribute to uniform mixing of polar / nonpolar substances. You don't have to. Examples of the effects of adding the hydrophobic resin include control of the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with respect to water, improvement of immersion liquid followability, and suppression of outgas.
  • the hydrophobic resin has at least one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have two or more types.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin or in the side chain. It may be.
  • the hydrophobic resin when it contains a fluorine atom, it may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • alkyl group having a fluorine atom examples include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4).
  • the invention is not limited to this.
  • R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched).
  • R 57 to R 61 , at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom is a fluorine atom. It represents a substituted alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). All of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably fluorine atoms.
  • R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include those exemplified in US2012 / 0251948A1 [0500].
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like are mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
  • the partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple
  • the hydrophobic resin may contain a silicon atom.
  • the partial structure having a silicon atom is preferably a resin having an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclic siloxane structure.
  • alkylsilyl structure or the cyclic siloxane structure include partial structures described in paragraphs [0304] to [0307] of JP2013-178370A.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom include those exemplified in US2012 / 0251948A1 [0519].
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
  • the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) includes a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like.
  • side chain CH 3 partial structure includes a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like.
  • methyl groups directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin for example, ⁇ -methyl groups of repeating units having a methacrylic acid structure
  • the hydrophobic resin includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M)
  • R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”
  • the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain moiety in the present invention.
  • CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone shall apply to CH 3 partial structures in the present invention.
  • R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 )
  • R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
  • R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl.
  • Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
  • the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) and the following general unit It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the formula (III).
  • X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom
  • R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid.
  • the organic group that is stable against an acid is preferably an organic group that does not have the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (B).
  • the alkyl group of Xb1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
  • Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) are shown below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (III) will be described in detail.
  • X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom
  • R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group of Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Since R 3 is an organic group that is stable against an acid, more specifically, R 3 is preferably an organic group that does not have the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (B).
  • R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the general formula (S) is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, based on all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. It is more preferable. Content is 100 mol% or less normally with respect to all the repeating units of hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (II) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) as all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin.
  • the surface free energy of hydrophobic resin increases by containing 90 mol% or more. As a result, the hydrophobic resin is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, so that the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
  • the hydrophobic resin includes the following groups (x) to (z) regardless of whether (i) it contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, or (ii) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. It may have at least one group selected from (X) an acid group, (Y) a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group, (Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) A methylene group etc. are mentioned.
  • Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), sulfonimide groups, and
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 20 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. It is. Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • the group having a lactone structure or sultone structure the acid anhydride group, or the acid imide group (y), a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is particularly preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
  • this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduce
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure described above in the section of the resin (B).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, The content is more preferably 3 to 98 mol%, further preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin include the same repeating units as those having an acid-decomposable group listed for the resin (B).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 10%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
  • the hydrophobic resin may further have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
  • R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be substituted with a fluorine atom or the like), a cyano group, or a —CH 2 —O—Rac 2 group.
  • Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
  • R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R c32 represents a group having an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group. These groups may be substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
  • L c3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and these may have a substituent.
  • R c32 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the divalent linking group of L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5), an ether bond, a phenylene group, or an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 10 to 90 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (CII-AB).
  • R c11 ′ and R c12 ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Zc ′ represents an atomic group for forming an alicyclic structure containing two bonded carbon atoms (C—C).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, and preferably 10 to 90 mol%. More preferred is 30 to 70 mol%.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CF 3 or CN.
  • the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass and more preferably 10 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the content of silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferred that the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an atom or silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. More preferably, it is ideally 0 mol%, ie it does not contain fluorine and silicon atoms.
  • hydrophobic resin is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, it is preferable that the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in the total repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. 97 mol% or more is more preferable, 99 mol% or more is further preferable, and ideally 100 mol%.
  • the standard polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. Moreover, the hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain a hydrophobic resin, but when it is contained, the content of the hydrophobic resin in the composition is the sensitivity of the present invention.
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 7% by mass based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the hydrophobic resin has a small amount of impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, 0.05 to 1% by mass is even more preferred.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
  • hydrophobic resin various commercially available products can be used, and can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • the reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (B).
  • the reaction concentration Is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin are shown below.
  • the following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains an acid diffusion controller.
  • the acid diffusion controller acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin (resin (B)) in the unexposed area due to excess generated acid.
  • the acid diffusion controller include a basic compound, a low molecular compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, a basic compound whose basicity is reduced or disappeared by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, or An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds having structures represented by the following general formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • Preferred compounds include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like, and more preferred compounds include imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate Examples thereof include a compound having a structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond. Specific examples of preferred compounds include those exemplified in US2012 / 0219913A1 [0379].
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • amine compound a primary, secondary or tertiary amine compound can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound.
  • the amine compound has an cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • 6 to 12 carbon atoms may be bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • the amine compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed.
  • the number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6.
  • an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
  • ammonium salt compound a primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary ammonium salt compound can be used, and an ammonium salt compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the ammonium salt compound may be a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group, provided that at least one alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom. (Preferably having 6 to 12 carbon atoms) may be bonded to a nitrogen atom.
  • the ammonium salt compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed.
  • the number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6.
  • an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
  • anion of the ammonium salt compound examples include halogen atoms, sulfonates, borates, and phosphates. Among them, halogen atoms and sulfonates are preferable. The following compounds are also preferable as the basic compound.
  • JP2011-22560A [0180] to [0225], JP2012-137735A [0218] to [0219], International Publication Pamphlet WO2011 / 158687A1 [ [0416] to [0438] can also be used.
  • These basic compounds may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain a basic compound.
  • the content of the basic compound is based on the solid content of the composition.
  • the content is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing the reduction in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until post-exposure heat treatment.
  • the photoacid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
  • a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is an amine derivative having a group on the nitrogen atom that is leaving by the action of an acid. It is preferable that As the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, and a hemiaminal ether group are preferable, and a carbamate group and a hemiaminal ether group are particularly preferable. .
  • the molecular weight of the compound (C) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
  • Compound (C) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • R b each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group. (Preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • R b may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by R b are substituted with a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, and an oxo group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. May be. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb .
  • R b is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting two R b to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in US2012 / 0135348 A1 [0466].
  • the compound (C) has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • l 2
  • two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • the heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • R b has the same meaning as R b in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as R a are the groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as R b may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group described above.
  • R b includes the same groups as the specific examples described above.
  • a particularly preferred compound (C) in the present invention is specifically shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298869A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
  • the compound (C) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the compound (C) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the amount is 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • a basic compound whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (PA)”) has a proton acceptor functional group and is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Is a compound whose proton acceptor properties are degraded, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor properties to acidic properties.
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a group that can interact electrostatically with a proton or a functional group having an electron.
  • a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether or a ⁇ -conjugated group. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
  • Examples of a preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether, an azacrown ether, a primary to tertiary amine, a pyridine, an imidazole, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (PA) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ 1, more preferably ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 1. More preferably, ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 3.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution.
  • Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.) It shows that acid strength is so large that this value is low.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring an acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution, and using the following software package 1, Hammett
  • the values based on the substituent constants and the known literature database can also be obtained by calculation.
  • the values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
  • the compound (PA) generates, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (PA-1) as the proton adduct generated by decomposition upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) has an acidic group together with the proton acceptor functional group, the proton acceptor property is reduced or disappeared compared to the compound (PA), or the proton acceptor property is reduced. It is a compound that has changed to acidic.
  • PA-1 a compound represented by the following general formula (PA-1) as the proton adduct generated by decomposition upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) has an acidic group together with the proton acceptor functional group, the proton acceptor property is reduced or disappeared compared to the compound (PA), or the proton acceptor property is reduced. It is a compound that has changed to acidic.
  • Q represents —SO 3 H, —CO 2 H, or —W 1 NHW 2 R f .
  • R f represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and W 1 and W 2 each independently represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom, or —N (R x ) R y —.
  • R x represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • R y represents a single bond or a divalent organic group.
  • R x may be bonded to R y to form a ring, or R x may be bonded to R to form a ring.
  • R represents a monovalent organic group having a proton acceptor functional group.
  • the divalent linking group in A is preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group and a phenylene group. More preferred is an alkylene group having at least one fluorine atom, and the preferred carbon number is 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4.
  • the alkylene chain may have a linking group such as an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the alkylene group is particularly preferably an alkylene group in which 30 to 100% of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, and more preferably, the carbon atom bonded to the Q site has a fluorine atom.
  • a perfluoroalkylene group is preferable, and a perfluoroethylene group, a perfluoropropylene group, and a perfluorobutylene group are more preferable.
  • the monovalent organic group in R x is preferably an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group in R x may have a substituent, and is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and has an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. It may be.
  • the cycloalkyl group in R x may have a substituent, and is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may have a nitrogen atom.
  • the aryl group for R x may have a substituent, and preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the aralkyl group in R x may have a substituent, and preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
  • the alkenyl group in R x may have a substituent, may be linear, or may be branched.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and styryl groups.
  • R x further has a substituent
  • substituents include a halogen atom, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, Examples include carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, nitro group, hydrazino group, and heterocyclic group.
  • Preferred examples of the divalent organic group for R y include an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the ring structure that R x and R y may be bonded to each other include a 5- to 10-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom, particularly preferably a 6-membered ring.
  • the proton acceptor functional group in R is as described above, and examples thereof include azacrown ether, primary to tertiary amines, and groups having a heterocyclic aromatic structure containing nitrogen such as pyridine and imidazole.
  • the organic group having such a structure is preferably an organic group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, the alkyl group in the alkenyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group in R include a proton acceptor functional group or an ammonium group.
  • a proton acceptor functional group or an ammonium group are the same as the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and alkenyl group mentioned above.
  • R and R x are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 4 to 20, and may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the ring.
  • Examples of the monocyclic structure include a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring, and an 8-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  • Examples of the polycyclic structure include a structure composed of a combination of two or three or more monocyclic structures.
  • R f in -W 1 NHW 2 R f represented by Q preferred is an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms It is a group.
  • W 1 and W 2 at least one is preferably —SO 2 —, and more preferably, both W 1 and W 2 are —SO 2 —.
  • Q is particularly preferably —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H from the viewpoint of the hydrophilicity of the acid group.
  • PA-1 a compound in which the Q site is a sulfonic acid can be synthesized by using a general sulfonamidation reaction.
  • a method in which one sulfonyl halide part of a bissulfonyl halide compound is selectively reacted with an amine compound to form a sulfonamide bond, and then the other sulfonyl halide part is hydrolyzed, or a cyclic sulfonic acid anhydride is used. It can be obtained by a method of ring-opening by reacting with an amine compound.
  • the compound (PA) is preferably an ionic compound.
  • the proton acceptor functional group may be contained in either the anion portion or the cation portion, but is preferably contained in the anion portion.
  • Preferred examples of the compound (PA) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (4) to (6).
  • C + represents a counter cation.
  • the counter cation is preferably an onium cation. More specifically, the sulfonium cation described as S + (R 201 ) (R 202 ) (R 203 ) in general formula (ZI) described above, I + (R 204 ) (R 205 ) in general formula (ZII) As a preferable example, an iodonium cation described as Specific examples of the compound (PA) include the compounds exemplified in US2011 / 0269072A1 [0280].
  • a compound (PA) other than the compound that generates the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) can be appropriately selected.
  • an ionic compound that has a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety may be used.
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is exemplified.
  • A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents 1 or 2.
  • R represents an aryl group.
  • R N represents an aryl group substituted with a proton acceptor functional group.
  • X ⁇ represents a counter anion. Specific examples of X ⁇ include the same anions as those of the photoacid generator (A) described above. Specific examples of the aryl group of R and R N is a phenyl group are preferably exemplified.
  • proton acceptor functional group R N are the same as those of the proton acceptor functional group described in the foregoing formula (PA-1).
  • Specific examples of the ionic compound having a proton acceptor site in the cation moiety include the compounds exemplified in US2011 / 0269072A1 [0291]. Such a compound can be synthesized with reference to methods described in, for example, JP-A-2007-230913 and JP-A-2009-122623.
  • a compound (PA) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the content of the compound (PA) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • an onium salt that becomes a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
  • the photoacid generator is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the generated acid collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, a weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
  • the onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3).
  • R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (however, a carbon adjacent to S).
  • R 52 is an organic group
  • Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group
  • Rf is a fluorine atom.
  • Each of the M + is independently a sulfonium or iodonium cation.
  • Preferable examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation in the general formula (ZI) described above and the iodonium cation in the general formula (ZII) described above.
  • Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-1) include the structures exemplified in paragraph [0198] of JP2012-242799A.
  • Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-2) include the structures exemplified in paragraph [0201] of JP2012-242799A.
  • Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-3) include the structures exemplified in paragraphs [0209] and [0210] of JP2012-242799A.
  • An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator is (C) a compound having a cation moiety and an anion moiety in the same molecule, and the cation moiety and the anion moiety being linked by a covalent bond (Hereinafter also referred to as “onium salt (C)”).
  • the onium salt (C) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following general formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking the cation moiety and the anion moiety.
  • -X - it is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, -N.
  • R 4 is a group having a carbonyl group: —C ( ⁇ O) —, a sulfonyl group: —S ( ⁇ O) 2 —, and a sulfinyl group: —S ( ⁇ O) — at the site of connection with the adjacent N atom.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and L 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • R 1 to R 3 may be combined to form a double bond with the N atom.
  • Examples of the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylamino A carbonyl group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, etc. are mentioned. Preferably, they are an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • L 1 as the divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, arylene group, carbonyl group, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, and two types thereof. Examples include groups formed by combining the above. L 1 is more preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include paragraphs [0037] to [0039] of JP2013-6827A and paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP2013-8020A. ] Can be mentioned.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-2) include compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0012] to [0013] of JP2012-189977A.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-3) include the compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0029] to [0031] of JP 2012-252124 A.
  • the content of the onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator is preferably 0.5 to 10.0% by mass, based on the solid content of the composition, and preferably 0.5 to 8.0. More preferably, it is more preferably 1.0% to 8.0% by mass.
  • solvents examples include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether.
  • organic solvents such as alkyl.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monoethyl Preferred examples include ether propionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether.
  • alkyl lactate examples include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, propyl lactate and butyl lactate.
  • alkyl alkoxypropionate examples include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl 3-methoxypropionate.
  • cyclic lactone examples include ⁇ -propiolactone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -methyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -methyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, ⁇ -caprolactone, and ⁇ -octano.
  • Examples of the monoketone compound which may contain a ring include 2-butanone, 3-methylbutanone, pinacolone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 3-methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, 2 -Methyl-3-pentanone, 4,4-dimethyl-2-pentanone, 2,4-dimethyl-3-pentanone, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, 5-methyl-3-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 5-methyl-3-heptanone, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, 2-octanone, 3-octanone, 2-nonanone, 3-nonanone, 5-nonanone, 2-decanone, 3-decanone, 4-decanone, 5-hexen-2-one 3-penten-2-one, cyclopentanone
  • alkylene carbonate examples include propylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, and butylene carbonate.
  • alkyl alkoxyacetate examples include 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2- (2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, and 1-methoxy-acetate. 2-propyl is preferred.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl pyruvate include methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, and propyl pyruvate.
  • a solvent which can be preferably used a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C.
  • the above solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which contains a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not contain a hydroxyl group as an organic solvent.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate, etc. are preferable, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, More preferred is ethyl lactate.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone and butyl acetate are particularly preferred, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate and 2-heptanone are most preferred.
  • the mixing ratio (mass) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. .
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent is preferably a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • a mixed solvent containing at least propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and cyclohexanone, or a mixed solvent containing at least propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone is more preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing at least three kinds of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, cyclohexanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferable.
  • the solid content concentration of the radiation-sensitive or actinic ray-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and 3 to 20% by mass. Is more preferable.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When it contains, it contains either fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (fluorine-based surfactant, silicon-based surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom), or two or more kinds It is preferable to do.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains the above-mentioned surfactant, adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. It is possible to provide a resist pattern with less.
  • the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • surfactants are derived from fluoroaliphatic compounds produced by the telomerization method (also referred to as the telomer method) or the oligomerization method (also referred to as the oligomer method).
  • a surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group can be used.
  • the fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
  • polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate and / or (poly (oxyalkylene)) methacrylate is preferable and distributed irregularly. Or may be block copolymerized.
  • the poly (oxyalkylene) group include a poly (oxyethylene) group, a poly (oxypropylene) group, a poly (oxybutylene) group, and the like, and a poly (oxyethylene, oxypropylene, and oxyethylene group).
  • a unit having different chain lengths in the same chain length such as a block link) or poly (block link of oxyethylene and oxypropylene) may be used.
  • a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate (or methacrylate) is not only a binary copolymer but also a monomer having two or more different fluoroaliphatic groups, Further, it may be a ternary or higher copolymer obtained by simultaneously copolymerizing two or more different (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylates (or methacrylates).
  • surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
  • the radiation-sensitive or actinic ray-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant, but when it contains a surfactant, its content is actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive. It is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass with respect to the total solid content (total amount excluding the solvent) of the resin composition. .
  • Dissolution-inhibiting compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the solubility in an alkaline developer
  • dissolution inhibiting compound As a dissolution inhibiting compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less (hereinafter also referred to as “dissolution inhibiting compound”), which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the solubility in an alkaline developer, it does not decrease the permeability of 220 nm or less.
  • alicyclic or aliphatic compounds containing acid-decomposable groups such as cholic acid derivatives containing acid-decomposable groups described in OF SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996). Examples of the acid-decomposable group and alicyclic structure are the same as those described for the resin (B).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is exposed with a KrF excimer laser or irradiated with an electron beam, the phenolic hydroxyl group of the phenol compound is an acid-decomposable group as a dissolution inhibiting compound. Those containing a structure substituted with are preferred.
  • the phenol compound preferably contains 1 to 9 phenol skeletons, more preferably 2 to 6 phenol skeletons.
  • the addition amount of the dissolution inhibiting compound is preferably 3 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, based on the solid content of the composition.
  • dissolution inhibiting compounds are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • ⁇ Other additives In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, a compound (for example, molecular weight) that further promotes solubility in dyes, plasticizers, photosensitizers, light absorbers, and developers as necessary. 1000 or less phenolic compounds, alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group) and the like can be contained.
  • Such a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less can be obtained by referring to, for example, the methods described in JP-A-4-1222938, JP-A-2-28531, US Pat. No. 4,916,210, European Patent 219294, etc. It can be easily synthesized by those skilled in the art.
  • alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group include carboxylic acid derivatives having a steroid structure such as cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, adamantane carboxylic acid derivatives, adamantane dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, dicarboxylic acids.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises: (1) forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; (2) exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and (3) a step of developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with a developer containing an organic solvent; At least.
  • the exposure in the step (2) may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (4) a heating step after (2) the exposure step.
  • the pattern formation method of this invention may include the (2) exposure process in multiple times.
  • the pattern formation method of this invention may include the (4) heating process in multiple times.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is formed using the above-described actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and more specifically, on a substrate, A film formed by applying the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferable.
  • a step of forming a film (actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on a substrate, a step of exposing the film, and a developing step are performed by generally known methods. It can be carried out.
  • PB preheating step
  • PEB post-exposure heating step
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like. The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
  • Infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, an electron beam, etc. can be mentioned, Preferably it is 250 nm or less.
  • KrF excimer laser 248 nm
  • ArF excimer laser (193 nm)
  • F 2 excimer laser 157 nm
  • X-ray EUV
  • EUV 13 nm
  • electron beam etc.
  • KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam are preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
  • the immersion exposure method can be applied in the step of performing exposure according to the present invention.
  • the immersion exposure method can be combined with a super-resolution technique such as a phase shift method or a modified illumination method.
  • the immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the film.
  • an ArF excimer laser wavelength: 193 nm
  • an additive liquid that reduces the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion.
  • This additive is preferably one which does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
  • an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
  • the optical image projected on the resist is distorted. Therefore, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
  • the electrical resistance of the water used as the immersion liquid is preferably 18.3 M ⁇ cm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
  • an additive that increases the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
  • the receding contact angle of the resist film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ⁇ 5%, and is passed through an immersion medium. And is preferably 75 ° or more, more preferably 75 to 85 °.
  • the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited.
  • an immersion liquid hardly soluble film hereinafter also referred to as “top coat” formed of the above-described hydrophobic resin (HR) may be provided on the upper layer of the resist film.
  • top coat an immersion liquid hardly soluble film formed of the above-described hydrophobic resin (HR) may be provided on the upper layer of the resist film. The necessary functions for the top coat are appropriate application to the upper layer of the resist film and poor immersion liquid solubility.
  • the top coat is not mixed with the composition film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the composition film.
  • the topcoat include hydrocarbon polymers, acrylic ester polymers, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl ether, silicon-containing polymers, fluorine-containing polymers, and the like. From the viewpoint of contaminating the optical lens when impurities are eluted from the top coat into the immersion liquid, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
  • a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used.
  • the release agent a solvent having low penetration into the film is preferable. From the viewpoint that the peeling step can be performed at the same time as the film development processing step, it is preferable that the peeling step can be performed with a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the resolution is improved when there is no difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid.
  • the top coat is preferably close to the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From the viewpoint of making the refractive index close to the immersion liquid, it is preferable to have fluorine atoms in the topcoat. A thin film is more preferable from the viewpoint of transparency and refractive index.
  • the topcoat is preferably not mixed with the membrane and further not mixed with the immersion liquid. From this point of view, when the immersion liquid is water, the solvent used in the top coat is hardly soluble in the solvent used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention and is not water-soluble. It is preferable that the medium be a sex medium. Further, when the immersion liquid is an organic solvent, the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble.
  • the topcoat composition used for forming the topcoat layer will be described.
  • the solvent used in the top coat composition in the present invention is preferably an organic solvent. More preferred is an alcohol solvent.
  • the solvent is an organic solvent, it is preferably a solvent that does not dissolve the resist film.
  • an alcohol solvent, a fluorine solvent, or a hydrocarbon solvent is preferably used, and a non-fluorine alcohol solvent is more preferably used.
  • a primary alcohol is preferable from the viewpoint of applicability, and a primary alcohol having 4 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a linear, branched, or cyclic alcohol can be used, and preferably, for example, 1-butanol, 1-hexanol, 1-pentanol and 3-methyl- Examples include 1-butanol, 2-ethylbutanol, and perfluorobutyltetrahydrofuran.
  • resins having an acidic group described in JP-A-2009-134177 and JP-A-2009-91798 can also be preferably used.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably from 10,000 to 100,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
  • the pH of the top coat composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 7.
  • the concentration of the resin in the top coat composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass.
  • the topcoat material may contain components other than the resin, but the ratio of the resin to the solid content of the topcoat composition is preferably 80 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably Is from 95 to 100% by weight.
  • the solid content concentration of the top coat composition in the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 10, more preferably 0.2 to 6% by mass, and further preferably 0.3 to 5% by mass. preferable. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, the topcoat composition can be uniformly applied onto the resist film.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (typically a resist film) is formed on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and A topcoat layer can be formed on the resist film using the topcoat composition.
  • the thickness of the resist film is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and the thickness of the topcoat layer is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and particularly preferably 40 to 80 nm.
  • spin coating is preferable, and the rotation speed is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate (eg, silicon / silicon dioxide coating) used for manufacturing a precision integrated circuit element by an appropriate application method such as a spinner or a coater. Dry to form a resist film.
  • a known antireflection film can be applied in advance. Further, it is preferable to dry the resist film before forming the top coat layer.
  • the top coat composition can be applied on the obtained resist film by the same means as the resist film forming method and dried to form a top coat layer.
  • the resist film having the top coat layer as an upper layer is usually irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through a mask, preferably baked (heated) and developed. Thereby, a good pattern can be obtained.
  • the immersion head In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head to scan the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern.
  • the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film is important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
  • the substrate on which the film is formed is not particularly limited, and an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, SiO 2 or TiN, a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG, a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a liquid crystal, or a thermal head
  • an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, SiO 2 or TiN
  • a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG
  • a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC
  • a liquid crystal such as a substrate generally used in a circuit board manufacturing process or other photofabrication lithography process
  • an antireflection film may be formed between the resist film and the substrate.
  • the antireflection film a known organic or inorganic antireflection film can be appropriately used.
  • the developer used in the step of developing the resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but for example, a developer containing an alkali developer or an organic solvent (Hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer) can be used.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer
  • usable alkali developers are not particularly limited, but generally, 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • An aqueous solution is desirable.
  • an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
  • examples of the alkaline developer include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia, and primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine.
  • inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia
  • primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine.
  • Secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, Tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, Tetraalkylammonium hydroxide such as trimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, quaternary ammonium salts such as trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzyl
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an organic developer
  • examples of the organic developer include ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and the like. These polar solvents and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • Examples include ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, and propyl lactate. be able to.
  • the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such as Lumpur can be mentioned.
  • ether solvent examples include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
  • fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat. Nos.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer may contain a basic compound.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the organic developer used in the present invention are the same as those in the basic compound that can be contained in the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • the flow rate is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
  • the developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
  • a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
  • a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent organic solvent developing step
  • a step of developing using an alkaline aqueous solution alkali developing step
  • a finer pattern can be formed.
  • a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step, but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by further performing the alkali development step.
  • a pattern can be formed without dissolving only the intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-292975 [0077]. ] And the same mechanism).
  • the order of the alkali development step and the organic solvent development step is not particularly limited.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinse liquid a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
  • examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. Can.
  • a plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable.
  • the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent.
  • the cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm.
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention can also be suitably used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. 4 No. 8 Pages 4815-4823).
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method (preferably a negative type) of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • compositions or the like preferably does not contain impurities such as metals.
  • the content of the metal component contained in these materials is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 5 ppm or less, still more preferably 1 ppm or less, and substantially not contained (the detection of the measuring device) with respect to the mass of each material. It is particularly preferred that it is below the limit.
  • Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the various materials include filtration using a filter.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less, and still more preferably 5 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable.
  • filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step.
  • a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials. And the like.
  • the preferable conditions for filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials are the same as those described above.
  • impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite
  • organic adsorbents such as activated carbon
  • reaction solution was added to a three-necked flask containing 400 g of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and 300 g of hexane, and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 10 minutes. Subsequently, the organic phase was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, water and saturated brine, and concentrated to obtain 31 g of the desired compound A1-2.
  • reaction solution was added to a three-necked flask containing 300 g of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 10 minutes. Subsequently, after adding 300 g of ethyl acetate, the organic phase was separated, washed with water and saturated brine, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by distillation (5 mmHG, external temperature 100 ° C.) to obtain 26 g of the target compound A1-4.
  • reaction solution was allowed to cool, then reprecipitated and filtered with a large amount of hexane / ethyl acetate (mass ratio 9: 1), and the obtained solid was vacuum-dried to obtain 41.1 parts by mass of Resin (1). .
  • the composition ratio measured by 13 C-NMR was 40/50/10 in molar ratio.
  • the same operations as in Synthesis Example 2 were performed to synthesize the following resins (2) to (12) as acid-decomposable resins.
  • ⁇ Resist preparation> The components shown in Table 3 below are dissolved in a solvent, and a solution with a solid content of 4% by mass is prepared for each, and this is filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.05 ⁇ m. A functional resin composition was prepared. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was evaluated by the following method, and the results are shown in Table 3. About each component in Table 3, the ratio at the time of using multiple is a mass ratio.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method> An organic antireflection film ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto the silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 95 nm.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) was applied thereon and baked (PB: Prebake) at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm.
  • the obtained wafer was used with an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.900, inner sigma 0.812, XY deflection) 1: Exposure was through a 6% halftone mask with a one line and space pattern. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid. Then, it heated at 105 degreeC for 60 second (PEB: Post Exposure Bake). Subsequently, it was developed by paddling with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and rinsed by padding with a rinsing solution [methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)] for 30 seconds. Subsequently, the wafer was rotated at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to form a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm.
  • MIBC methyl isobutyl carbinol
  • An organic antireflection film ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto the silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 95 nm.
  • a resist composition was applied thereon and baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds (PB: Prebake) to form a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm.
  • the obtained wafer was exposed with a liquid immersion exposure machine (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i) through a halftone mask with a pitch of 138 nm and a light shielding part of 50 nm. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid.
  • composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of each repeating unit are shown in Table 4 below. These were calculated
  • hydrophobic resin As the hydrophobic resin, the following resins were used.
  • Table 5 shows the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of each repeating unit. These were calculated
  • T in the general formula (AI) is a single bond
  • Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are alkyl groups, and the total number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention and the pattern forming method using the same satisfy a large focus tolerance and a high sensitivity particularly in the formation of a very fine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less). be able to.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

 An objective of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a pattern-forming method using the same, the resin composition being highly sensitive and having a large depth of focus, especially in the formation of ultra fine (e.g. a linewidth of at most 50nm) patterns. Another objective is to provide an electronic device production method comprising said pattern-forming method, and an electronic device produced by said production method. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprises a compound (A) that generates a sulfonic acid represented by general formula (I) when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. In the formula, Rf1 and Rf2 each represent a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group comprising at least one fluorine atom. R1 and R2 each represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group not having a fluorine atom, and R3-R5 each represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. n represents a positive integer. When n is an integer with a value of at least 2, the plurality of R3 and the plurality of R4 can each be the same or different.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスActinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及びパターン形成方法に関する。更に詳しくは、本発明は、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、更にその他のフォトファブリケーション工程、平版印刷版、酸硬化性組成物に使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及びパターン形成方法に関する。また、本発明は、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法及び上記方法により製造された電子デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a pattern forming method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an actinic ray used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, a further photofabrication process, a lithographic printing plate, and an acid curable composition. The present invention relates to a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a pattern forming method. The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method and an electronic device manufactured by the method.
 化学増幅型レジスト組成物は、ArF等の活性光線又は放射線の照射により露光部に酸を生成させ、この酸を触媒とする反応によって、活性光線又は放射線の照射部と非照射部の現像液に対する溶解性を変化させ、パターンを基板上に形成させるパターン形成材料である。 The chemically amplified resist composition generates an acid in the exposed area by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation such as ArF, and reacts with the developer in the irradiated and non-irradiated areas of the active ray or radiation by a reaction using this acid as a catalyst. It is a pattern forming material that changes the solubility and forms a pattern on a substrate.
 化学増幅型レジスト組成物の主要構成成分である光酸発生剤については種々の化合物が開発されている(例えば、特許文献1~2)。 Various compounds have been developed for photoacid generators, which are the main constituents of chemically amplified resist compositions (for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2).
日本国特開2004-2252号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-2252 国際公開第2009/051088号International Publication No. 2009/051088
 しかしながら、本発明者らが、特許文献1~2に記載の光酸発生剤を含有する組成物について検討したところ、特に極微細(例えば線幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、フォーカス許容度(DOF:Depth Of Focus)と感度の更なる良化が望まれることが分かった。 However, the present inventors have examined the compositions containing the photoacid generators described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, and in particular, in forming a very fine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less), the focus tolerance (DOF) : Depth Of Focus) and further improvement in sensitivity was desired.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みて、特に極微細(例えば線幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、フォーカス許容度が大きく、かつ感度が高い感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、それを用いたパターン形成方法を提供することを目的とする。本発明は、また、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスを提供することを目的とする。 In view of the above circumstances, the present invention is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a large focus tolerance and high sensitivity, particularly in the formation of extremely fine patterns (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less). It is an object of the present invention to provide a pattern forming method. Another object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
 即ち、本発明は以下の通りである。 That is, the present invention is as follows.
[1]
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により下記一般式(I)で表されるスルホン酸を発生する化合物(A)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 式中、
 Rf及びRfは各々独立にフッ素原子又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含む1価の有機基を表す。
 R及びRは各々独立にフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基又は水素原子を表し、R~Rは各々独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 nは1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合は、複数のR及び複数のRはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていても良い。
[2]
 上記R及びRが水素原子を表す、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
 上記Rが環状構造を有する1価の有機基を表す、[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
 上記Rが多環の環状構造を有する1価の有機基を表す、[3]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
 上記Rが多環のシクロアルキル基を表す、[4]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[6]
 上記Rf及びRfがフッ素原子を表す、[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[7]
 上記R及びRが水素原子を表す、[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[8]
 上記R及びRの少なくともいずれか1つがアルキル基を表す、[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[9]
 上記nが1を表す、[1]~[8]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[10]
 上記化合物(A)がオニウム塩である、[1]~[9]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[11]
 更に、酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂を含む[1]~[10]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[12]
 上記酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂が、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位を含有する、[11]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 一般式(AI)中、
 Xaは、水素原子、メチル基又は-CH-Rで表される基を表す。Rは、水酸基又は1価の有機基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立にアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 Rx~Rxのうち2つが結合して、シクロアルキル基を形成してもよい。
[13]
 一般式(AI)中のTが単結合であり、Rx、Rx及びRxがアルキル基であり、Rx、Rx及びRxで表されるアルキル基の炭素数の総和が4以上であり、かつRx、Rx、Rxの2つ又は3つが結合して環を形成しない、[12]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[14]
 上記酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である、[11]、[12]又は[13]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 一般式(1)中、
 R31は、水素原子、アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基を表し、
 R32は、アルキル基を表し、
 R33は、R32が結合する炭素原子とともに単環の脂環式炭化水素構造を形成するのに必要な原子団を表す。
 上記脂環式炭化水素構造は、環を構成する炭素原子の一部が、ヘテロ原子又はヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。
[15]
 上記R32は、イソプロピル基又はt-ブチル基である[14]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[16]
 [1]~[15]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程、及び
 露光した上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液によって現像する工程を含むパターン形成方法。
[17]
 上記露光がArF液浸露光である[16]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[18]
 [16]又は[17]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。
[19]
 [18]に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法によって製造された電子デバイス。
[1]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound (A) that generates a sulfonic acid represented by the following general formula (I) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

Where
Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen atom having no fluorine atom, and R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
[2]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein R 1 and R 2 represent a hydrogen atom.
[3]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein R 5 represents a monovalent organic group having a cyclic structure.
[4]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [3], wherein R 5 represents a monovalent organic group having a polycyclic ring structure.
[5]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [4], wherein R 5 represents a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein Rf 1 and Rf 2 represent a fluorine atom.
[7]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein R 3 and R 4 represent a hydrogen atom.
[8]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein at least one of R 3 and R 4 represents an alkyl group.
[9]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein n represents 1.
[10]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the compound (A) is an onium salt.
[11]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], further comprising a resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
[12]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [11], wherein the resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI): .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

In general formula (AI),
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —R 9 . R 9 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a cycloalkyl group.
[13]
T in the general formula (AI) is a single bond, Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are alkyl groups, and the total number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 is 4 or more. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [12], wherein two or three of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are not bonded to form a ring.
[14]
The resin according to [11], [12] or [13], wherein the resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1): Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

In general formula (1),
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group,
R 32 represents an alkyl group,
R 33 represents an atomic group necessary for forming a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure together with the carbon atom to which R 32 is bonded.
In the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, a part of carbon atoms constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom or a group having a hetero atom.
[15]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [14], wherein R 32 is an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group.
[16]
A step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [15],
A pattern forming method comprising: exposing the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film with a developer containing an organic solvent.
[17]
The pattern forming method according to [16], wherein the exposure is ArF immersion exposure.
[18]
An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to [16] or [17].
[19]
[18] An electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to [18].
 本発明によれば、特に極微細(例えば線幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、フォーカス許容度が大きく、かつ感度が高い感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、それを用いたパターン形成方法を提供することが可能となった。また、本発明により、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスを提供することが可能となった。 According to the present invention, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a large focus tolerance and high sensitivity, particularly in the formation of a very fine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less), and a pattern forming method using the same It became possible to provide. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
 以下、本発明を実施するための形態について詳細に説明する。
 なお、本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記において、置換又は無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有していないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本発明において「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等を意味する。また、本発明において「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、X線、EUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
Hereinafter, embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail.
In addition, in the description of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes what has a substituent with what does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present invention, “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In the present invention, “light” means actinic rays or radiation. Unless otherwise specified, “exposure” in this specification is not only exposure with far ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays and EUV light, but also drawing with electron beams and ion beams. Are also included in the exposure.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により一般式(I)で表されるスルホン酸を発生する化合物(A)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。
[Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive compound containing a compound (A) that generates a sulfonic acid represented by the general formula (I) upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. It is a radiation resin composition.
 以下、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物について詳細に説明する。
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、ArF露光用であることが好ましく、ArF液浸露光用であることがより好ましい。
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、有機溶剤現像用のネガ型レジスト組成物であってもアルカリ現像用のポジ型レジスト組成物であってもよいが、有機溶剤現像用のネガ型レジスト組成物であることが好ましい。また本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的には化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
Hereinafter, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably for ArF exposure, and more preferably for ArF immersion exposure.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may be a negative resist composition for organic solvent development or a positive resist composition for alkali development, but for organic solvent development. The negative resist composition is preferable. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
<化合物(A)>
 本発明の感放射線性又は感活性光線性樹脂組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により下記一般式(I)で表されるスルホン酸を発生する化合物(A)(以下、「光酸発生剤(A)」とも呼ぶ)を含有する。
<Compound (A)>
The radiation-sensitive or actinic ray-sensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises a compound (A) that generates a sulfonic acid represented by the following general formula (I) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “photoacid generator”). (A) ").
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式中、
 Rf及びRfは各々独立にフッ素原子又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含む1価の有機基を表す。
 R及びRは各々独立にフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基又は水素原子を表し、R~Rは各々独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 nは1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合は、複数のR及び複数のRはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていても良い。
Where
Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen atom having no fluorine atom, and R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
 一般式(I)中、Rf及びRfは各々独立にフッ素原子又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含む1価の有機基を表す。
 少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含む1価の有機基としては、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rf及びRfとしては、具体的には、フッ素原子、CF、C、C、C、C11、C13、C15、C17、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCHが挙げられ、中でもフッ素原子又はCFを表すことが好ましく、フッ素原子を表すことがより好ましい。
In general formula (I), Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
The monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Specific examples of Rf 1 and Rf 2 include a fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17, CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 are mentioned, among which it is preferable to represent a fluorine atom or CF 3, and it is more preferable to represent a fluorine atom.
 一般式(I)中、R及びRは各々独立に水素原子又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。
 フッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基としては、炭素数1~20の炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基がより好ましく、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 R及びRは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子を表すことがより好ましい。
In general formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having no hydrogen atom or fluorine atom.
The monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and still more preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
R 1 and R 2 preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group, and more preferably represent a hydrogen atom.
 一般式(I)中、R~Rは各々独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基が挙げられ、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基は置換基を有していても良い。置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又はケトン基が挙げられる。
In general formula (I), R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. preferable. The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, and a ketone group.
 R及びRは水素原子を表すことが好ましい。
 また、R及びRの少なくともいずれか1つがアルキル基を表すことも好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としてはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。
R 3 and R 4 preferably represent a hydrogen atom.
It is also preferred that at least one of R 3 and R 4 represents an alkyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
 Rは環状構造を有する1価の有機基を表すことが好ましく、多環の環状構造を有する1価の有機基を表すことがより好ましく、多環のシクロアルキル基を表すことが更に好ましい。
 多環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数8~20の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、アダマンチル基、ジアマンチル基がより好ましく、アダマンチル基が更に好ましい。
 多環のシクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、水酸基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、カルボキシル基が挙げられ、水酸基、又はアルコキシ基が好ましい。アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基は更に置換基を有していても良く、更なる置換基としてはシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~12)などが挙げられる。
R 5 preferably represents a monovalent organic group having a cyclic structure, more preferably represents a monovalent organic group having a polycyclic ring structure, and more preferably represents a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
The polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an adamantyl group or a diamantyl group, and still more preferably an adamantyl group.
The polycyclic cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group. Group, and a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group is preferable. The alkoxy group and the alkoxycarbonyl group may further have a substituent, and examples of the further substituent include a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 12 carbon atoms).
 なお、R及びRはいずれもRと結合して環を形成することはない。 Note that R 3 and R 4 are not bonded to R 5 to form a ring.
 一般式(I)中、nは1以上の整数を表す。
 nは1以上5以下の整数を表すことが好ましく、1又は2を表すことがより好ましく、1を表すことが更に好ましい。
 nが2以上の整数を表す場合は、複数のR及び複数のRはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていても良い。
In general formula (I), n represents an integer of 1 or more.
n preferably represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
 化合物(A)はイオン性化合物であっても非イオン性化合物であってもよいが、イオン性化合物であることが好ましく、オニウム塩であることがより好ましい。化合物(A)がオニウム塩である場合、化合物(A)はオニウムカチオンとアニオンを含有することが好ましい。
 アニオンとしては、下記一般式(I-1)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
The compound (A) may be an ionic compound or a nonionic compound, but is preferably an ionic compound, and more preferably an onium salt. When compound (A) is an onium salt, compound (A) preferably contains an onium cation and an anion.
The anion is preferably an anion represented by the following general formula (I-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式中、
 Rf及びRfは各々独立にフッ素原子又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含む1価の有機基を表す。
 R及びRは各々独立にフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基又は水素原子を表し、R~Rは各々独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 nは1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合は、複数のR及び複数のRはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていても良い。
Where
Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen atom having no fluorine atom, and R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
 一般式(I-1)中のRf、Rf、R~R、及びnは、一般式(I)中のRf、Rf、R~R、及びnと同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同様である。 Formula Rf 1 of (I-1) in, Rf 2, R 1 ~ R 5, and n, Rf 1 in formula (I), Rf 2, R 1 ~ R 5, and be a n synonymous Specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
 オニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、以下に説明する一般式(ZI)又は(ZII)中のカチオン(Z以外の部分)が好ましく挙げられる。 The onium cation, for example, the general formula (ZI) or (ZII) in cation described below (Z - portions other than) may be preferably mentioned.
 化合物(A)の好適な態様としては、例えば、下記一般式(ZI)又は(ZII)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 As a suitable aspect of a compound (A), the compound represented by the following general formula (ZI) or (ZII) is mentioned, for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 Zは、上記一般式(I-1)で表されるアニオンを表す。
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30、好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)を挙げることができる。
In the general formula (ZI),
Z represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
 R201、R202及びR203の有機基としては、アリール基(炭素数6~15が好ましい)、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基(炭素数1~10が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~15が好ましい)などが挙げられる。
 R201、R202及びR203のうち、少なくとも1つがアリール基であることが好ましく、3つ全てがアリール基であることがより好ましい。アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などの他に、インドール残基、ピロール残基などのヘテロアリール基であってもよい。
Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202 and R 203 include an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (having 3 carbon atoms). To 15 are preferred).
Of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 , at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups. The aryl group may be a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue or a pyrrole residue in addition to a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
 R201、R202及びR203としてのこれらアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。その置換基としては、ニトロ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 These aryl groups, alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 また、R201、R202及びR203から選ばれる2つが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合していてもよい。連結基としてはアルキレン基(炭素数1~3が好ましい)、-O-,-S-,-CO-,-SO-などが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 R201、R202及びR203のうち少なくとも1つがアリール基でない場合の好ましい構造としては、特開2004-233661号公報の段落0046,0047、特開2003-35948号公報の段落0040~0046、米国特許出願公開第2003/0224288A1号明細書に式(I-1)~(I-70)として例示されている化合物、米国特許出願公開第2003/0077540A1号明細書に式(IA-1)~(IA-54)、式(IB-1)~(IB-24)として例示されている化合物等のカチオン構造を挙げることができる。
Two selected from R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may be bonded via a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group include, but are not limited to, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), —O—, —S—, —CO—, —SO 2 — and the like.
Preferred structures when at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is not an aryl group include paragraphs 0046 and 0047 of JP-A-2004-233661, paragraphs 0040 to 0046 of JP-A-2003-35948, US Compounds exemplified as Formulas (I-1) to (I-70) in Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1, and Formulas (IA-1) to (I) in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0077540A1 And cation structures such as compounds exemplified as formulas (IA-54) and formulas (IB-1) to (IB-24).
 一般式(ZI)で表される化合物の更に好ましい例として、以下に説明する一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。先ず、一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物について説明する。 More preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI) include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4). First, the compound represented by formula (ZI-3) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(ZI-3)中、
 Zは、上記一般式(I-1)で表されるアニオンを表す。
 Rは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、アリール基を表す。
 RとR、RとRは、それぞれ互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、又は、アルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表す。
 RとRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。形成される環は、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、又は、アミド結合を有してもよい。
In general formula (ZI-3),
Z represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
R X and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. To express.
R X and R y may combine with each other to form a ring. The ring formed may have an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
 Rとしてのアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~20の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、アルキル鎖中に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有していてもよい。具体的にはメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、n-ドデシル基、n-テトラデシル基、n-オクタデシル基などの直鎖アルキル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基などの分岐アルキル基を挙げることができる。Rのアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、シアノメチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、メトキシカルボニルメチル基、エトキシカルボニルメチル基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl group as R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-octadecyl group, etc. And branched alkyl groups such as a linear alkyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, and 2-ethylhexyl group. The alkyl group of R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include a cyanomethyl group, a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, a methoxycarbonylmethyl group, and an ethoxycarbonylmethyl group. Can be mentioned.
 Rとしてのシクロアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基であり、環内に酸素原子又は硫黄原子を有していてもよい。具体的には、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。Rとしてのシクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基が挙げられる。 The cycloalkyl group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom in the ring. Specific examples include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like. The cycloalkyl group as R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group.
 Rとしてのアルコキシ基は、好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基である。具体的には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、t-ブチルオキシ基、t-アミルオキシ基、n-ブチルオキシ基が挙げられる。Rとしてのアルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が挙げられる。 The alkoxy group as R 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropyloxy group, a t-butyloxy group, a t-amyloxy group, and an n-butyloxy group. The alkoxy group as R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group.
 Rとしてのシクロアルコキシ基は、好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルコキシ基であり、シクロヘキシルオキシ基、ノルボルニルオキシ基、アダマンチルオキシ基などを挙げることができる。Rとしてのシクロアルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が挙げられる。 The cycloalkoxy group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, and an adamantyloxy group. The cycloalkoxy group as R 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group.
 Rとしてのアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基であり、例えばフェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基などが挙げられる。Rのアリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基が挙げられる。置換基がアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基又はシクロアルコキシ基の場合、上述したRとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基及びシクロアルコキシ基と同様のものが挙げられる。 The aryl group as R 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group. The aryl group of R 1 may have a substituent, and preferred substituents include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, and an arylthio group. When the substituent is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cycloalkoxy group, the same groups as the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group and cycloalkoxy group as R 1 described above can be used.
 Rとしてのアルケニル基は、ビニル基、アリル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkenyl group as R 1 include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
 R及びRは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。但し、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基を表す。R、Rについてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基の具体例及び好ましい例としては、Rについて前述した具体例及び好ましい例と同様のものが挙げられる。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成する場合、R及びRに含まれる環の形成に寄与する炭素原子の数の合計は、4~7であることが好ましく、4又は5であることが特に好ましい。 R 2 and R 3 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring. However, at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 2 and R 3 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 . When R 2 and R 3 are connected to each other to form a ring, the total number of carbon atoms that contribute to the formation of the ring contained in R 2 and R 3 is preferably 4 to 7, and is preferably 4 or 5 It is particularly preferred that
 RとRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成する場合、Rがアリール基(好ましくは置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はナフチル基)であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキレン基(好ましくはメチレン基又はエチレン基)であることが好ましく、好ましい置換基としては、上述したRとしてのアリール基が有していてもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成する場合における他の形態として、Rがビニル基であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキレン基であることも好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring. When R 1 and R 2 are connected to each other to form a ring, R 1 is an aryl group (preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent), and R 2 has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. An alkylene group (preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group) is preferable, and examples of the preferable substituent include the same substituents that the aryl group as R 1 may have. As another form in the case where R 1 and R 2 are connected to each other to form a ring, it is also preferable that R 1 is a vinyl group and R 2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R及びRにより表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~15のアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、オクタデシル基、ノナデシル基、エイコシル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group. , Pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl Groups and the like.
 R及びRにより表されるシクロアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基等を挙げることができる。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group and the like.
 R及びRにより表されるアルケニル基は、好ましくは、2~30のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、及びスチリル基を挙げることができる。 The alkenyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably 2 to 30 alkenyl groups such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a styryl group.
 R及びRにより表されるアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、具体的にはフェニル基、ナフチル基、アズレニル基、アセナフチレニル基、フェナンスレニル基、ペナレニル基、フェナントラセニル基、フルオレニル基、アントラセニル基、ピレニル基、ベンゾピレニル基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、フェニル基、ナフチル基であり、更に好ましくは、フェニル基である。 As the aryl group represented by R X and R y , for example, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an azulenyl group, an acenaphthylenyl group, a phenanthrenyl group, a penalenyl group, a phenyl group, Examples thereof include a nantracenyl group, a fluorenyl group, an anthracenyl group, a pyrenyl group, and a benzopyrenyl group. Preferred are a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and more preferred is a phenyl group.
 R及びRにより表される2-オキソアルキル基及びアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基のアルキル基部分としては、例えば、先にR及びRとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 The alkyl group moiety of the 2-oxoalkyl group and alkoxycarbonylalkyl group represented by R X and R y, for example, those previously listed as R X and R y.
 R及びRにより表される2-オキソシクロアルキル基及びアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基のシクロアルキル基部分としては、例えば、先にR及びRとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 The cycloalkyl moiety of the 2-oxocycloalkyl group and alkoxycarbonyl cycloalkyl group represented by R X and R y, for example, those previously listed as R X and R y.
 一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物の好適な態様としては、例えば、以下の一般式(ZI-3a)及び(ZI-3b)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(ZI-3a)及び(ZI-3b)において、R、R及びRは、上記一般式(ZI-3)で定義した通りである。また、Zは、上記一般式(I-1)で表されるアニオンを表す。 In the general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined in the general formula (ZI-3). Z represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
 Yは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子を表し、酸素原子又は窒素原子であることが好ましい。tは、Yが窒素原子である場合は1であり、Yが酸素原子又は硫黄原子である場合は0であり、Rは存在しない。
 m、n、p及びqは整数を意味し、0~3であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが特に好ましい。SとYを連結するアルキレン基、及び、Sとカルボニル基を連結するアルキレン基は置換基を有してもよく、好ましい置換基としてはアルキル基が挙げられる。
Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom, and is preferably an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. t is 1 when Y is a nitrogen atom, is 0 when Y is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and R 5 does not exist.
m, n, p and q represent integers, preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1. The alkylene group linking S + and Y and the alkylene group linking S + and the carbonyl group may have a substituent, and preferred substituents include an alkyl group.
 Rは、Yが窒素原子である場合には1価の有機基を表し、Yが酸素原子又は硫黄原子である場合には存在しない。Rは、電子求引性基を含む基であることが好ましく、下記に示す一般式(ZI-3a-1)~(ZI-3a-3)で表される基であることが特に好ましい。 R 5 represents a monovalent organic group when Y is a nitrogen atom, and is absent when Y is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 5 is preferably a group containing an electron withdrawing group, and particularly preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(ZI-3a-1)~(ZI-3a-3)において、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、好ましくはアルキル基である。Rについてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基の具体例及び好ましい例としては、上記一般式(ZI-3)におけるRについて前述した具体例及び好ましい例と同様のものが挙げられる。
 上記(ZI-3a-1)~(ZI-3a-3)において、*は一般式(ZI-3a)で表される化合物中のYとしての窒素原子に接続する結合手を表す。
In the formulas (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-3), R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 in formula (ZI-3).
In the above (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-3), * represents a bond connected to a nitrogen atom as Y in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3a).
 Yが窒素原子である場合、Rは、-SO-Rで表される基であることが特に好ましい。Rは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、好ましくはアルキル基である。Rについてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基の具体例及び好ましい例としては、一般式(ZI-3)中のRについて前述した具体例及び好ましい例と同様のものが挙げられる。 When Y is a nitrogen atom, R 5 is particularly preferably a group represented by —SO 2 —R 4 . R 4 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 4 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 in formula (ZI-3).
 一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物のカチオン部分の具体例を以下に挙げる。 Specific examples of the cation moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) are given below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 次に、一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物について説明する。 Next, the compound represented by formula (ZI-4) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(ZI-4)中、
 Zは、上記一般式(I-1)で表されるアニオンを表す。
 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、置換基を有してもよい、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、若しくは、シクロアルキル基を表す。
 R14は、水酸基、又は、置換基を有してもよい、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、若しくは、シクロアルキル基を表す。
 R15は、置換基を有してもよい、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、ナフチル基を表す。2個のR15は同一であっても異なってもよい。2個のR15は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。形成される環は、式中の硫黄原子以外に更にヘテロ原子を有してもよい。
 lは、0~2の整数を表す。
 rは、0~8の整数を表す。rが2以上の整数である場合、複数あるR14は同一であっても異なってもよい。
In general formula (ZI-4),
Z represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an optionally substituted hydroxyl group, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, or cycloalkyl group.
R 14 represents a hydroxyl group or an optionally substituted alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or cycloalkyl group. To express.
R 15 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group, which may have a substituent. Two R 15 may be the same or different. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed may further have a hetero atom in addition to the sulfur atom in the formula.
l represents an integer of 0-2.
r represents an integer of 0 to 8. When r is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 14 may be the same or different.
 一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15のアルキル基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましい。
 R13、R14及びR15のシクロアルキル基としては、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 R13及びR14のアルコキシ基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましい。
 R13及びR14のアルコキシカルボニル基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数2~11のものが好ましい。
 R13及びR14のシクロアルキル基を有する基としては、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基を有する基が挙げられる。これら基は、置換基を更に有していてもよい。
 R14のアルキルカルボニル基のアルキル基としては、上述したR13~R15としてのアルキル基と同様の具体例が挙げられる。
 R14のアルキルスルホニル基及びシクロアルキルスルホニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましい。
In the general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched, and those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferable.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
The alkoxy group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The alkoxycarbonyl group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 2 to 11 carbon atoms.
Examples of the group having a cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 include a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
The alkyl group of the alkyl group of R 14, include the same specific examples and the alkyl group as R 13 ~ R 15 described above.
The alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group for R 14 are linear, branched, or cyclic and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 上記各基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the substituent that each of the above groups may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group. Etc.
 2個のR15が互いに結合して形成される環構造としては、例えば、2個のR15が一般式(ZI-4)中の硫黄原子と共に形成する5員又は6員の環、特に好ましくは5員の環(即ち、テトラヒドロチオフェン環又は2,5-ジヒドロチオフェン環)が挙げられ、アリール基又はシクロアルキル基と縮環していてもよい。この2価のR15は置換基を有してもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基等を挙げることができる。上記環構造に対する置換基は、複数個存在しても良く、また、それらが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 As the ring structure formed by bonding two R 15 to each other, for example, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring formed by two R 15 together with a sulfur atom in the general formula (ZI-4), particularly preferable Includes a 5-membered ring (that is, a tetrahydrothiophene ring or a 2,5-dihydrothiophene ring), and may be condensed with an aryl group or a cycloalkyl group. This divalent R 15 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group. Group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group and the like. There may be a plurality of substituents for the ring structure, or they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(ZI-4)におけるR15としては、メチル基、エチル基、ナフチル基、及び2個のR15が互いに結合して硫黄原子と共にテトラヒドロチオフェン環構造を形成する2価の基等が好ましく、2個のR15が互いに結合して硫黄原子と共にテトラヒドロチオフェン環構造を形成する2価の基が特に好ましい。 R 15 in the general formula (ZI-4) is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a naphthyl group, or a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom. A divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom is particularly preferable.
 R13及びR14が有し得る置換基としては、水酸基、アルコキシ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子(特に、フッ素原子)が好ましい。
 lとしては、0又は1が好ましく、1がより好ましい。
 rとしては、0~2が好ましい。
The substituent that R 13 and R 14 may have is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom).
l is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
r is preferably from 0 to 2.
 以上説明した一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物が有するカチオン構造の具体例としては、上述した、特開2004-233661号公報、特開2003-35948号公報、米国特許出願公開第2003/0224288A1号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2003/0077540A1号明細書に例示されている化合物等のカチオン構造の他、例えば、特開2011-53360号公報の段落0046、0047、0072~0077、0107~0110に例示されている化学構造等におけるカチオン構造、特開2011-53430号公報の段落0135~0137、0151、0196~0199に例示されている化学構造等におけるカチオン構造などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cation structure possessed by the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) described above include the above-mentioned JP-A-2004-233661, JP-A-2003-35948, In addition to cationic structures such as compounds exemplified in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0077540A1, for example, paragraphs 0046 and 0047 of JP2011-53360A Cation structures in chemical structures and the like exemplified in 0072-0077 and 0107-0110, and cation structures in chemical structures exemplified in paragraphs 0135 to 0137, 0151 and 0196 to 0199 of JP2011-53430, etc. Is mentioned.
 一般式(ZII)中、
 Zは、上記一般式(I-1)で表されるアニオンを表す。
 R204及びR205は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基としては、前述の一般式(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基と同様である。
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としても、前述の一般式(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよいものが挙げられる。
In general formula (ZII),
Z represents an anion represented by the general formula (I-1).
R 204 and R 205 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are the same as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the above general formula (ZI).
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI) may have.
 R204、R205のアリール基としてはフェニル基、ナフチル基が好ましく、更に好ましくはフェニル基である。R204、R205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾチオフェン等を挙げることができる。 The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
 R204、R205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基)、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボニル基)を挙げることができる。 As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 and R 205 , a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group).
 R204、R205のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。R204、R205のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、フェニルチオ基等を挙げることができる。
 一般式(ZII)で表される化合物のカチオンの具体例を示す。
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), Aryl groups (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, phenylthio groups, and the like.
Specific examples of the cation of the compound represented by formula (ZII) are shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、化合物(A)の含有率は特に制限されないが、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~25質量%、更に好ましくは7~20質量%である。 In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, the content of the compound (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, The content is preferably 3 to 25% by mass, more preferably 7 to 20% by mass.
 化合物(A)の具体例を以下に挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound (A) are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
 また、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、化合物(A)を1種のみ含んでもよいし、2種以上の化合物(A)を含んでもよいし、化合物(A)に加えて化合物(A)以外の光酸発生剤(以下、光酸発生剤(A’)ともいう)を含んでもよい。
 光酸発生剤(A’)は、低分子化合物の形態であっても良く、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であっても良い。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用しても良い。
 光酸発生剤(A’)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量が3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤(A’)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した酸分解性樹脂の一部に組み込まれても良く、酸分解性樹脂とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれても良い。
 本発明において、光酸発生剤(A’)が、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が2種以上の光酸発生剤を含む場合は、光酸発生剤の総含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
Further, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of compound (A), may contain two or more types of compounds (A), and may contain compound (A). In addition, a photoacid generator other than the compound (A) (hereinafter also referred to as photoacid generator (A ′)) may be included.
The photoacid generator (A ′) may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
When the photoacid generator (A ′) is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
When the photoacid generator (A ′) is incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above, or incorporated in a resin different from the acid-decomposable resin. It may be.
In the present invention, the photoacid generator (A ′) is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains two or more photoacid generators, the total content of the photoacid generator is preferably within the above range.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、2種以上の化合物(A)を含有する場合、形成されるパターンのLWRがより小さくなる理由から、上記一般式(I)中のアニオン構造が同一であり、カチオン構造が互いに異なる2種以上の化合物(A)を含有することが好ましい。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of compounds (A), the LWR of the pattern to be formed becomes smaller, so that in the general formula (I) It is preferable to contain two or more compounds (A) having the same anion structure and different cation structures.
 光酸発生剤(A’)としては、光カチオン重合の光開始剤、光ラジカル重合の光開始剤、色素類の光消色剤、光変色剤、あるいはマイクロレジスト等に使用されている活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物及びそれらの混合物を適宜に選択して使用することができる。 As the photoacid generator (A ′), a photoinitiator for photocationic polymerization, a photoinitiator for photoradical polymerization, a photodecolorant for dyes, a photochromic agent, an actinic ray used for a micro resist, etc. Alternatively, known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with radiation and a mixture thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
 たとえば、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、o-ニトロベンジルスルホネートを挙げることができる。 Examples include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
 また、この活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物をポリマーの主鎖又は側鎖に導入した化合物、たとえば、米国特許第3,849,137号明細書、独国特許第3914407号明細書、特開昭63-26653号公報、特開昭55-164824号公報、特開昭62-69263号公報、特開昭63-146038号公報、特開昭63-163452号公報、特開昭62-153853号公報、特開昭63-146029号公報等に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 Further, a compound in which a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is introduced into the main chain or side chain of the polymer, for example, US Pat. No. 3,849,137, German Patent 3914407, etc. JP, 63-26653, JP, 55-164824, JP, 62-69263, JP, 63-146038, JP, 63-163452, JP, 62 The compounds described in JP-A-153833 and JP-A-63-146029 can be used.
 更に米国特許第3,779,778号明細書、欧州特許第126,712号明細書等に記載の光により酸を発生する化合物も使用することができる。 Furthermore, compounds capable of generating an acid by light described in US Pat. No. 3,779,778, European Patent 126,712, etc. can also be used.
 好ましい光酸発生剤(A’)としては、US2012/0076996A1の段落[0337]~[0400]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 As a preferable photoacid generator (A ′), the description in paragraphs [0337] to [0400] of US2012 / 0076996A1 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
<酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に、酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂(以下、「樹脂(B)」、「酸分解性樹脂」とも呼ぶ)を含むことが好ましい。
 樹脂(B)は、典型的には、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂であり、また、酸の作用によりアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性が増大する樹脂である。
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、ポジ型及びネガ型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の態様をとることができる。樹脂(B)は、主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解し、極性基を生じる基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する。樹脂(B)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
<Resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is further referred to as a resin (hereinafter referred to as “resin (B)” or “acid-decomposable resin”) that has a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. ) Is preferably included.
The resin (B) is typically a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and the solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is decreased, and the solubility in an alkali developer is increased by the action of an acid. Resin.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can take the form of positive and negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions. The resin (B) has a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group in the main chain or the side chain, or in both the main chain and the side chain. The resin (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
 (1)酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位
 酸分解性基は、極性基を酸の作用により分解し脱離する基で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 上記極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホン酸基などが好ましく挙げられる。
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの極性基の水素原子を酸で脱離する基で置換した基である。
 酸で脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01~R02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
 酸分解性基としては好ましくは、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、第3級のアルキルエステル基等である。更に好ましくは、第3級アルキルエステル基である。
(1) Repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid.
Preferred examples of the polar group include a carboxy group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), and a sulfonic acid group.
A preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these polar groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
The acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
 樹脂(B)が含有し得る酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group that can be contained in the resin (B) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 一般式(AI)中、
 Xaは、水素原子、メチル基又は-CH-Rで表される基を表す。メチル基は置換基を有していてもよい。Rは、水酸基又は1価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基としては、例えば、炭素数5以下のアルキル基、アシル基が挙げられ、好ましくは炭素数3以下のアルキル基であり、更に好ましくはメチル基である。Xaは好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はヒドロキシメチル基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(直鎖若しくは分岐)又はシクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)を表す。
 Rx~Rxのうち2つが結合して、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)を形成してもよい。
In general formula (AI),
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —R 9 . The methyl group may have a substituent. R 9 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms and an acyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group. Xa 1 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group (straight or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、-COO-Rt-基、-O-Rt-基等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-基、-(CH-基がより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐状のものが好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~8の単環のシクロアルキル基、炭素数7~20の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのうち2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~8の単環のシクロアルキル基、炭素数7~20の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が特に好ましい。
 Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
 一態様において、一般式(AI)中のTが単結合であり、Rx、Rx及びRxがアルキル基であることが好ましく、Rx、Rx及びRxで表されるアルキル基の炭素数の総和が4以上であることがより好ましく、5以上であることが更に好ましく、6以上であることが特に好ましい。この場合、Rx、Rx、Rxの2つ又は3つが結合して環を形成することはない。
Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
T is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group or a — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
The alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a linear or branched group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. A monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
An embodiment in which Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-described cycloalkyl group is preferable.
In one embodiment, T in the general formula (AI) is a single bond, and Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably alkyl groups, and the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 The total number of carbon atoms is more preferably 4 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 6 or more. In this case, two or three of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 are not bonded to form a ring.
 好ましい酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。なお、式中、XaはH、CH、CF、CHOHのいずれか、Rxa及びRxbはそれぞれ炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基を表す。 Although the specific example of the repeating unit which has a preferable acid-decomposable group is shown below, this invention is not limited to this. In the formula, Xa 1 represents any of H, CH 3 , CF 3 , and CH 2 OH, and Rxa and Rxb each represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 樹脂(B)は、一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位として、以下の一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることがより好ましい。 The resin (B) is more preferably a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) as a repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(1)中、
 R31は、水素原子、アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基を表し、
 R32は、アルキル基を表し、
 R33は、R32が結合する炭素原子とともに単環の脂環式炭化水素構造を形成するのに必要な原子団を表す。
 上記脂環式炭化水素構造は、環を構成する炭素原子の一部が、ヘテロ原子又はヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。
In general formula (1),
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group,
R 32 represents an alkyl group,
R 33 represents an atomic group necessary for forming a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure together with the carbon atom to which R 32 is bonded.
In the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, a part of carbon atoms constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom or a group having a hetero atom.
 R31のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としてはフッ素原子、水酸基などが挙げられる。
 R31は、好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はヒドロキシメチル基を表す。
 R32は、炭素数3~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数4~7のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 R32は、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基であり、イソプロピル基、又はt-ブチル基であることが好ましく、t-ブチル基であることがより好ましい。
 R33が炭素原子とともに形成する単環の脂環炭化水素構造は、3~8員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましい。
 R33が炭素原子とともに形成する単環の脂環炭化水素構造において、環を構成する炭素原子の一部を置換できるヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、硫黄原子等が挙げられ、ヘテロ原子を有する基としては、カルボニル基等が挙げられる。ただし、ヘテロ原子を有する基は、エステル基(エステル結合)ではないことが好ましい。
 R33が炭素原子とともに形成する単環の脂環炭化水素構造は、炭素原子と水素原子とのみから形成されることが好ましい。
The alkyl group for R 31 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
R 31 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
R 32 is preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms.
R 32 is, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, or a t-butyl group, preferably an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group, and more preferably a t-butyl group.
The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably a 3- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
In the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom, examples of the hetero atom capable of substituting a part of the carbon atoms constituting the ring include an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and a group having a hetero atom Examples of the carbonyl group include a carbonyl group. However, the group having a hetero atom is preferably not an ester group (ester bond).
The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably formed only from the carbon atom and the hydrogen atom.
 一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1 ').
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(1’)中、R31及びR32は、上記一般式(1)における各々と同義である。 In General Formula (1 ′), R 31 and R 32 have the same meanings as those in General Formula (1).
 一般式(1)で表される構造を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having the structure represented by the general formula (1) are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して10~80モル%であることが好ましく、15~80モル%であることがより好ましく、25~70モル%であることが更に好ましく、30~60モル%であることが特に好ましく、35~60モル%であることが最も好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 15 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 25 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (B). It is more preferably 70 mol%, particularly preferably 30 to 60 mol%, and most preferably 35 to 60 mol%.
 樹脂(B)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種であってもよいし2種以上を併用していてもよい。併用する場合の組み合わせとしては、以下に挙げるものが好ましい。下式において、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 The repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (B) may be one type, or two or more types may be used in combination. As the combination in the case of using together, the following are preferable. In the following formula, each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 (2)ラクトン基、スルトン基、水酸基、シアノ基及び酸基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位
 樹脂(B)は、更に、ラクトン基、スルトン基、水酸基、シアノ基及び酸基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
(2) A repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid group The resin (B) is further composed of a lactone group, a sultone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid group. It is preferable to have a repeating unit having at least one selected group.
 樹脂(B)が含有し得るラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位について説明する。
 樹脂(B)は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン(環状スルホン酸エステル)構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有することが好ましい。
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればいずれでも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造であり、5~7員環のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものが好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)、(SL1-1)及び(SL1-2)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましいラクトン構造又はスルトン構造としては(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-5)、(LC1-8)であり、(LC1-4)であることがより好ましい。特定のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を用いることでLWR、現像欠陥が良好になる。
The repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group that can be contained in the resin (B) will be described.
The resin (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone (cyclic sulfonate ester) structure.
Any lactone group or sultone group can be used as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure, but it is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a sultone structure, and a 5- to 7-membered lactone A structure in which another ring structure is condensed to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in the structure or sultone structure is preferable. It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17), (SL1-1) and (SL1-2). A lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred lactone structures or sultone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-8), and more preferably (LC1-4). By using a specific lactone structure or sultone structure, LWR and development defects are improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、酸分解性基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、酸分解性基である。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 樹脂(B)は、下記一般式(III)で表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有することが好ましい。
The lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl groups. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring. .
The resin (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(III)中、
 Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
 Rは、複数個ある場合には各々独立にアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。
 Zは、複数個ある場合には各々独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合
In formula (III),
A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
When there are a plurality of R 0 s , each R 0 independently represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
When there are a plurality of Z, each is independently a single bond, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
又はウレア結合 Or urea bond
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
を表す。ここで、Rは、各々独立して水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 Rは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 nは、-R-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~2の整数を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Rのアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基は置換基を有してよい。
 Zは好ましくは、エーテル結合、エステル結合であり、特に好ましくはエステル結合である。
Represents. Here, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group each independently.
R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0-2.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkylene group and cycloalkylene group represented by R 0 may have a substituent.
Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond.
 Rのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基がより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。Rのアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、Rにおけるアルキル基は、各々、置換されていてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子やメルカプト基、ヒドロキシ基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、ベンジルオキシ基等のアルコキシ基、アセチルオキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基等のアセトキシ基が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。
 Rにおける好ましい鎖状アルキレン基としては炭素数が1~10の鎖状のアルキレンが好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~5であり、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等が挙げられる。好ましいシクロアルキレン基としては、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基であり、例えば、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロペンチレン基、ノルボルニレン基、アダマンチレン基等が挙げられる。本発明の効果を発現するためには鎖状アルキレン基がより好ましく、メチレン基が特に好ましい。
The alkyl group for R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group. The alkylene group of R 0 , the cycloalkylene group, and the alkyl group in R 7 may each be substituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, a mercapto group, and a hydroxy group. Group, alkoxy group such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, t-butoxy group and benzyloxy group, and acetoxy group such as acetyloxy group and propionyloxy group. R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
The preferred chain alkylene group for R 0 is preferably a chain alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group. A preferred cycloalkylene group is a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a norbornylene group, and an adamantylene group. In order to exhibit the effect of the present invention, a chain alkylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is particularly preferable.
 Rで表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していれば限定されるものではなく、具体例として上述した一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)、(SL1-1)及び(SL1-2)で表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が挙げられ、これらのうち(LC1-4)で表される構造が特に好ましい。また、(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)、(SL1-1)及び(SL1-2)におけるnは2以下のものがより好ましい。
 また、Rは無置換のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基、或いはメチル基、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を置換基として有するラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基が好ましく、シアノ基を置換基として有するラクトン構造(シアノラクトン)又はスルトン構造(シアノスルトン)を有する1価の有機基がより好ましい。
 一般式(III)において、nが0又は1であることが好ましい。
The monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by R 8 is not limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure, and is represented by the general formula (LC1-1) described above as a specific example. Examples include a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by (LC1-17), (SL1-1), and (SL1-2), and a structure represented by (LC1-4) is particularly preferable. Further, n 2 in (LC1-1) to (LC1-17), (SL1-1) and (SL1-2) is more preferably 2 or less.
R 8 is preferably a monovalent organic group having an unsubstituted lactone structure or sultone structure, or a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or sultone structure having a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent. A monovalent organic group having a lactone structure (cyanolactone) or a sultone structure (cyanosultone) having a cyano group as a substituent is more preferable.
In general formula (III), it is preferable that n is 0 or 1.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(III-1)又は(III-1’)で表される繰り返し単位がより好ましい。 As the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III-1) or (III-1 ′) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 一般式(III-1)及び(III-1’)に於いて、
 R、A、R、Z、及びnは、上記一般式(III)と同義である。
 R’、A’、R’、Z’及びn’は、上記一般式(III)におけるR、A、R、Z及びnと各々同義である。
 Rは、複数個ある場合には各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、水酸基又はアルコキシ基を表し、複数個ある場合には2つのRが結合し、環を形成していてもよい。
 R’は、複数個ある場合には各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、水酸基又はアルコキシ基を表し、複数個ある場合には2つのR’が結合し、環を形成していてもよい。
 X及びX’は、各々独立にアルキレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。
 m及びm’は、置換基数であって、各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。m及びm’は各々独立に0又は1であることが好ましい。
In the general formulas (III-1) and (III-1 ′),
R 7 , A, R 0 , Z, and n are as defined in the general formula (III).
R 7 ′, A ′, R 0 ′, Z ′ and n ′ are respectively synonymous with R 7 , A, R 0 , Z and n in the general formula (III).
R 9 is each independently in the presence of two or more groups, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, and when a plurality of bonded two R 9, ring May be formed.
When there are a plurality of R 9 ′, each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, and when there are a plurality of R 9 ′, two R 9 ′ are bonded. , May form a ring.
X and X ′ each independently represents an alkylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
m and m ′ are the number of substituents, and each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5. m and m ′ are preferably each independently 0 or 1.
 R及びR’のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基がより好ましく、メチル基が最も好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル基を挙げることができる。アルコキシカルボニル基としては、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、n-ブトキシカルボニル基、t-ブトキシカルボニル基等を挙げることができる。アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等を挙げることができる。これらの基は置換基を有していてもよく、上記置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基などのアルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子を挙げることができる。R及びR’はメチル基、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基であることがより好ましく、シアノ基であることが更に好ましい。
 X及びX’のアルキレン基としてはメチレン基、エチレン基等が挙げられる。X及びX’は酸素原子又はメチレン基であることが好ましく、メチレン基であることが更に好ましい。
 m及びm’が1以上である場合、少なくとも1つのR及びR’はラクトンのカルボニル基のα位又はβ位に置換することが好ましく、特にα位に置換することが好ましい。
The alkyl group for R 9 and R 9 ′ is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and most preferably a methyl group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl groups. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, n-butoxycarbonyl group, t-butoxycarbonyl group and the like. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, and a butoxy group. These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group such as a hydroxy group, a methoxy group, and an ethoxy group, and a halogen atom such as a cyano group and a fluorine atom. R 9 and R 9 ′ are more preferably a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, and even more preferably a cyano group.
Examples of the alkylene group for X and X ′ include a methylene group and an ethylene group. X and X ′ are preferably an oxygen atom or a methylene group, more preferably a methylene group.
When m and m ′ are 1 or more, at least one of R 9 and R 9 ′ is preferably substituted at the α-position or β-position of the carbonyl group of the lactone, particularly preferably at the α-position.
 一般式(III-1)又は(III-1’)で表されるラクトン構造を有する基、又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の具体例としては、特開2013-178370号公報の段落[0150]~[0151]に記載された構造を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the group having a lactone structure represented by the general formula (III-1) or (III-1 ′) or the repeating unit having a sultone structure include paragraphs [0150] to JP-A-2013-178370. The structure described in [0151] can be mentioned.
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、複数種類含有する場合は合計して樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、15~60mol%が好ましく、より好ましくは20~60mol%、更に好ましくは30~50mol%である。
 樹脂(B)は、また、一般式(III)で表される単位以外にも、上述したラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有していてもよい。
The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 15 to 60 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol in total with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (B) when plural types are contained. %, More preferably 30 to 50 mol%.
Resin (B) may also contain a repeating unit having the above-mentioned lactone structure or sultone structure in addition to the unit represented by formula (III).
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位は、通常光学異性体が存在するが、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)が90%以上のものが好ましく、より好ましくは95%以上である。
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位以外のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、複数種類含有する場合は合計して樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対し、15~60mol%が好ましく、より好ましくは20~50mol%、更に好ましくは30~50mol%である。
 本発明の効果を高めるために、一般式(III)から選ばれる2種以上のラクトン又はスルトン繰り返し単位を併用することも可能である。併用する場合には一般式(III)の内、nが0であるラクトン又はスルトン繰り返し単位から2種以上を選択し併用することが好ましい。
The repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used. One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
The content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is 15 to 60 mol% in total with respect to all the repeating units in the resin when a plurality of types are contained. More preferably, it is 20 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 50 mol%.
In order to enhance the effect of the present invention, two or more kinds of lactone or sultone repeating units selected from general formula (III) can be used in combination. When using together, it is preferable to select and use 2 or more types from the lactone or sultone repeating unit in which n is 0 in general formula (III).
 樹脂(B)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する、一般式(AI)以外の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。これにより基板密着性、現像液親和性が向上する。水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、また酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。これら構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AIIa)~(AIId)で表される繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。 The resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit other than the general formula (AI) having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, and preferably has no acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having these structures include the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIId).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(AIIa)~(AIId)に於いて、
 Rcは、水素原子、メチル基、トリフロロメチル基又はヒドロキメチル基を表す。
 Rc~Rcは、各々独立に、水素原子、水酸基又はシアノ基を表す。ただし、Rc~Rcの内の少なくとも1つは、水酸基又はシアノ基を表す。好ましくは、Rc~Rcの内の1つ又は2つが水酸基で、残りが水素原子である。より好ましくは、Rc~Rcの内の2つが水酸基で、残りが水素原子である。
In the general formulas (AIIa) to (AIId),
R 1 c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
R 2 c to R 4 c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, at least one of R 2 c to R 4 c represents a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Preferably, one or two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the remaining is a hydrogen atom. More preferably, two of R 2 c to R 4 c are hydroxyl groups and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有率は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、5~40mol%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~30mol%、更に好ましくは10~25mol%である。 The content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 樹脂(B)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。酸基としてはカルボキシ基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、ビスルスルホニルイミド基、α位が電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えばヘキサフロロイソプロパノール基)が挙げられ、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有することによりコンタクトホール用途での解像性が増す。酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に直接酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、あるいは連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、更には酸基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入、のいずれも好ましく、連結基は単環又は多環の環状炭化水素構造を有していてもよい。特に好ましくはアクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位である。 Resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bisulsulfonylimide group, and an aliphatic alcohol (for example, hexafluoroisopropanol group) substituted with an electron withdrawing group at the α-position. It is more preferable to have a repeating unit. By containing the repeating unit having an acid group, the resolution in the contact hole application is increased. The repeating unit having an acid group includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acid group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group. Either a repeating unit that is bonded, or a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group, is introduced at the end of the polymer chain during polymerization, and the linking group is a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon structure. You may have. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有率は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、0~20mol%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~15mol%、更に好ましくは5~10mol%である。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably from 0 to 20 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 15 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 10 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。具体例中、RxはH、CH、CHOH又はCFを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In specific examples, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 ラクトン基、水酸基、シアノ基及び酸基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位として、更に好ましくは、ラクトン基、水酸基、シアノ基、酸基から選ばれる少なくとも2つを有する繰り返し単位であり、好ましくはシアノ基とラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位である。特に好ましくは上記(LCI-4)のラクトン構造にシアノ基が置換した構造を有する繰り返し単位である。 The repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group and an acid group is more preferably a repeating unit having at least two selected from a lactone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group and an acid group. Preferably, it is a repeating unit having a cyano group and a lactone group. Particularly preferred is a repeating unit having a structure in which a cyano group is substituted on the lactone structure of (LCI-4).
 (3)脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位
 樹脂(B)は、更に、脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有してもよい。これにより液浸露光時にレジスト膜から液浸液への低分子成分の溶出が低減できる。このような繰り返し単位として、例えば1-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジアマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレートによる繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。
(3) Repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability The resin (B) may further have a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability. Good. This can reduce the elution of low molecular components from the resist film to the immersion liquid during immersion exposure. Examples of such repeating units include repeating units of 1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, diamantyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate, and cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate.
 (4)水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位
 本発明の樹脂(B)は、更に、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を含有していることが好ましい。
(4) Repeating unit having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group The resin (B) of the present invention further contains a repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group. It is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(III)中、Rは少なくとも一つの環状構造を有し、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない炭化水素基を表す。
 Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Ra基を表す。式中、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。
In general formula (III), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
 Rが有する環状構造には、単環式炭化水素基及び多環式炭化水素基が含まれる。単環式炭化水素基としては、たとえば、炭素数3~12(より好ましくは炭素数3~7)のシクロアルキル基、炭素数3~12のシクロアルケニル基が挙げられる。 The cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (more preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
 多環式炭化水素基には環集合炭化水素基、架橋環式炭化水素基が含まれ、架橋環式炭化水素環としては、2環式炭化水素環、3環式炭化水素環、4環式炭化水素環などが挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環には、例えば5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環も含まれる。
 好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環として、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、ビシクロオクタニル基、トリシクロ[5、2、1、02,6]デカニル基、などが挙げられる。より好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環としてノルボニル基、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。
The polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group. As the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic ring Examples include hydrocarbon rings. The bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring also includes, for example, a condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed.
Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 これらの脂環式炭化水素基は置換基を有していても良く、好ましい置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、保護基で保護されたヒドロキシル基、保護基で保護されたアミノ基などが挙げられる。好ましいハロゲン原子としては臭素、塩素、フッ素原子、好ましいアルキル基としてはメチル、エチル、ブチル、t-ブチル基が挙げられる。上記のアルキル基は更に置換基を有していても良く、更に有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、保護基で保護されたヒドロキシル基、保護基で保護されたアミノ基を挙げることができる。 These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent, and preferred substituents include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected with a protecting group, an amino group protected with a protecting group, and the like. It is done. Preferred halogen atoms include bromine, chlorine and fluorine atoms, and preferred alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl and t-butyl groups. The above alkyl group may further have a substituent, and the substituent which may further have a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected with a protecting group, an amino protected with a protecting group The group can be mentioned.
 保護基としては、たとえばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基、置換メチル基、置換エチル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アラルキルオキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。好ましいアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、好ましい置換メチル基としてはメトキシメチル、メトキシチオメチル、ベンジルオキシメチル、t-ブトキシメチル、2-メトキシエトキシメチル基、好ましい置換エチル基としては、1-エトキシエチル、1-メチル-1-メトキシエチル、好ましいアシル基としては、ホルミル、アセチル、プロピオニル、ブチリル、イソブチリル、バレリル、ピバロイル基などの炭素数1~6の脂肪族アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基としては炭素数1~4のアルコキシカルボニル基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the protecting group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aralkyloxycarbonyl group. Preferred alkyl groups include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferred substituted methyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl groups, and preferred substituted ethyl groups. 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl, preferable acyl groups include aliphatic acyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl and pivaloyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl Examples of the group include an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位の含有率は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、0~40モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは0~20モル%である。
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、又はCFを表す。
The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group is preferably 0 to 40 mol%, more preferably based on all repeating units in the resin (B). 0 to 20 mol%.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 樹脂(B)は、下記一般式(nI)又は一般式(nII)で表される繰り返し単位を含有してもよい。 Resin (B) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (nI) or general formula (nII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 一般式(nI)及び一般式(nII)において、
 R13’~R16’は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、ラクトン構造を有する基、又は酸分解性基を有する基を表す。
 X及びXは、それぞれ独立に、メチレン基、エチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。
 nは、0~2の整数を表す。
In general formula (nI) and general formula (nII),
R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, or a lactone structure. Represents a group or a group having an acid-decomposable group.
X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a methylene group, an ethylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
 R13’~R16’としての酸分解性基を有する基における酸分解性基としては、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、第3級のアルキルエステル基等を挙げることができ、好ましくは-C(=O)-O-Rで表される第3級のアルキルエステル基である。
 式中、Rとしては、t-ブチル基、t-アミル基等の3級アルキル基、イソボロニル基、1-エトキシエチル基、1-ブトキシエチル基、1-イソブトキシエチル基、1-シクロヘキシロキシエチル基等の1-アルコキシエチル基、1-メトキシメチル基、1-エトキシメチル基等のアルコキシメチル基、3-オキソアルキル基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、テトラヒドロフラニル基、トリアルキルシリルエステル基、3-オキソシクロヘキシルエステル基、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル基、メバロニックラクトン残基等を挙げることができる。
 R13’~R16’のうち、少なくとも一つは酸分解性基を有する基であることが好ましい。
 R13’~R16’におけるハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子、臭素原子、フッ素原子、沃素原子等を挙げることができる。
 R13’~R16’のアルキル基としてより好ましくは下記一般式(F1)で表される基である。
Examples of the acid-decomposable group in the group having an acid-decomposable group as R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ include cumyl ester group, enol ester group, acetal ester group, tertiary alkyl ester group, etc. A tertiary alkyl ester group represented by —C (═O) —O—R 0 is preferred.
In the formula, R 0 is a tertiary alkyl group such as t-butyl group or t-amyl group, isobornyl group, 1-ethoxyethyl group, 1-butoxyethyl group, 1-isobutoxyethyl group, 1-cyclohexyloxy 1-alkoxyethyl group such as ethyl group, alkoxymethyl group such as 1-methoxymethyl group and 1-ethoxymethyl group, 3-oxoalkyl group, tetrahydropyranyl group, tetrahydrofuranyl group, trialkylsilyl ester group, 3- Examples thereof include an oxocyclohexyl ester group, a 2-methyl-2-adamantyl group, a mevalonic lactone residue, and the like.
At least one of R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ is preferably a group having an acid-decomposable group.
Examples of the halogen atom in R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a fluorine atom, and an iodine atom.
The alkyl group represented by R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ is more preferably a group represented by the following general formula (F1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(F1)中、
 R50~R55は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はアルキル基を表す。但し、R50~R55の内、少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子又は少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 Rxは、水素原子又は有機基(好ましくは酸分解性保護基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基)し、好ましくは水素原子である。
 R50~R55は、すべてフッ素原子であることが好ましい。
In general formula (F1),
R 50 to R 55 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group. However, at least one of R 50 to R 55 represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.
Rx is a hydrogen atom or an organic group (preferably an acid-decomposable protecting group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an acyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group), and preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 50 to R 55 are preferably all fluorine atoms.
 上記一般式(nI)又は一般式(nII)で表される繰り返し単位として、下記具体例が挙げられるが、本発明はこれらの化合物に限定されない。なかでも、(II-f-16)~(II-f-19)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (nI) or the general formula (nII) include the following specific examples, but the present invention is not limited to these compounds. Of these, repeating units represented by (II-f-16) to (II-f-19) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 樹脂(B)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更にレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有することができる。 Resin (B) adjusts dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are general necessary characteristics of resist, in addition to the above repeating structural units. For this purpose, various repeating structural units can be included.
 このような繰り返し構造単位としては、下記の単量体に相当する繰り返し構造単位を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of such repeating structural units include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to the following monomers.
 これにより樹脂(B)に要求される性能、特に、
(1)塗布溶剤に対する溶解性、
(2)製膜性(ガラス転移点)、
(3)アルカリ現像性、
(4)膜べり(親疎水性、アルカリ可溶性基選択)、
(5)未露光部の基板への密着性、
(6)ドライエッチング耐性、
等の微調整が可能となる。
Thereby, the performance required for the resin (B), in particular,
(1) Solubility in coating solvent,
(2) Film formability (glass transition point),
(3) Alkali developability,
(4) Membrane slip (hydrophobic, alkali-soluble group selection),
(5) Adhesion of unexposed part to substrate,
(6) Dry etching resistance,
Etc. can be finely adjusted.
 このような単量体として、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、ビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等を挙げることができる。 As such a monomer, for example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. Etc.
 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物であれば、共重合されていてもよい。 In addition, any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
 樹脂(B)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比はレジストのドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更にはレジストの一般的な必要性能である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節するために適宜設定される。 In the resin (B), the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the resist dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and the general required performance of the resist, resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity. It is set appropriately in order to adjust etc.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、ArF露光用であるとき、ArF光への透明性の点から樹脂(B)は芳香族基を有さないことが好ましい。また、樹脂(B)は、後述する疎水性樹脂との相溶性の観点から、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を含有しないことが好ましい。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is for ArF exposure, the resin (B) preferably has no aromatic group from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light. Moreover, it is preferable that resin (B) does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom from a compatible viewpoint with the hydrophobic resin mentioned later.
 樹脂(B)として好ましくは、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されたものである。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位の50mol%以下であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、一般式(AI)で表される、酸分解性基を有する(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位20~50モル%、ラクトン基を有する(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位20~50モル%、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位5~30モル%、更にその他の(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位を0~20モル%含む共重合ポリマーである。 Resin (B) is preferably one in which all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units. In this case, all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units. Although it can be used, the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units. More preferably, 20-50 mol% of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units having an acid-decomposable group represented by general formula (AI), 20-50 mol% of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units having a lactone group, A copolymer having 5 to 30 mol% of (meth) acrylate repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, and further containing 0 to 20 mol% of other (meth) acrylate repeating units. .
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物にKrFエキシマレーザー光、電子線、X線、波長50nm以下の高エネルギー光線(EUVなど)を照射する場合には、樹脂(B)は、一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位の他に、更に、ヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。更に好ましくはヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位と、酸分解基で保護されたヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位、(メタ)アクリル酸3級アルキルエステル等の酸分解性繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, high-energy light beam (EUV, etc.) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (B) is: In addition to the repeating unit represented by formula (AI), it is preferable to further have a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit. More preferably, it has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, an acid-decomposable repeating unit such as a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected with an acid-decomposable group, and a (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester.
 好ましい酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、t-ブトキシカルボニルオキシスチレン、1-アルコキシエトキシスチレン、(メタ)アクリル酸3級アルキルエステルによる繰り返し単位等を挙げることができ、2-アルキル-2-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート及びジアルキル(1-アダマンチル)メチル(メタ)アクリレートによる繰り返し単位がより好ましい。 Preferred examples of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group include t-butoxycarbonyloxystyrene, 1-alkoxyethoxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester repeating units, and the like. 2-alkyl- More preferred are repeating units of 2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate and dialkyl (1-adamantyl) methyl (meth) acrylate.
 樹脂(B)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。反応溶媒としては、例えばテトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、ジイソプロピルエーテルなどのエーテル類やメチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトンのようなケトン類、酢酸エチルのようなエステル溶媒、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミドなどのアミド溶媒、更には後述のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノンのような本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を溶解する溶媒が挙げられる。より好ましくは本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる溶剤と同一の溶媒を用いて重合することが好ましい。これにより保存時のパーティクルの発生が抑制できる。
 重合反応は窒素やアルゴンなど不活性ガス雰囲気下で行われることが好ましい。重合開始剤としては市販のラジカル開始剤(アゾ系開始剤、パーオキサイドなど)を用いて重合を開始させる。ラジカル開始剤としてはアゾ系開始剤が好ましく、エステル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基を有するアゾ系開始剤が好ましい。好ましい開始剤としては、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスジメチルバレロニトリル、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。所望により開始剤を追加、あるいは分割で添加し、反応終了後、溶剤に投入して粉体あるいは固形回収等の方法で所望のポリマーを回収する。反応の濃度は5~50質量%であり、好ましくは10~30質量%である。反応温度は、通常10℃~150℃であり、好ましくは30℃~120℃、更に好ましくは60~100℃である。
The resin (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable. Examples of the reaction solvent include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and diisopropyl ether, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, amide solvents such as dimethylformamide and dimethylacetamide, Furthermore, the solvent which melt | dissolves the actinic-ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition of this invention like the below-mentioned propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and cyclohexanone is mentioned. More preferably, the polymerization is carried out using the same solvent as that used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the particle at the time of a preservation | save can be suppressed.
The polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. As a polymerization initiator, a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization. As the radical initiator, an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable. Preferable initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If desired, an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery. The concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass. The reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
 樹脂(B)の重量平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)法によるポリスチレン換算値として、好ましくは1,000~200,000であり、より好ましくは2,000~20,000、更により好ましくは3,000~15,000、特に好ましくは3,000~10,000である。重量平均分子量を、1,000~200,000とすることにより、耐熱性やドライエッチング耐性の劣化を防ぐことができ、かつ現像性が劣化したり、粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化することを防ぐことができる。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 20,000, even more as a polystyrene converted value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method. Preferably it is 3,000 to 15,000, particularly preferably 3,000 to 10,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 1,000 to 200,000, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be prevented, and developability is deteriorated, and viscosity is increased, resulting in deterioration of film forming property. Can be prevented.
 本発明において樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は、GPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:RI)によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin are measured by GPC (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature). : 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: RI).
 分散度(分子量分布)は、通常1~3であり、好ましくは1~2.6、更に好ましくは1~2、特に好ましくは1.4~1.7の範囲のものが使用される。分子量分布の小さいものほど、解像度、レジスト形状が優れる。 The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) is usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 to 2.6, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 1.7. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and resist shape.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、樹脂(B)の組成物全体中の配合量は、全固形分中50~99質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは60~95質量%である。
 また、本発明において、樹脂(B)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, the blending amount of the resin (B) in the entire composition is preferably 50 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content. It is.
In the present invention, the resin (B) may be used alone or in combination.
 樹脂(B)の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the resin (B) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
<疎水性樹脂(HR)>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に、疎水性樹脂を含有してもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂は樹脂(B)とは異なることが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂は界面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂を添加することの効果として、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角の制御、液浸液追随性の向上、アウトガスの抑制などを挙げることができる。
<Hydrophobic resin (HR)>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin. The hydrophobic resin is preferably different from the resin (B).
Hydrophobic resins are preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface, but unlike surfactants, they do not necessarily have hydrophilic groups in the molecule and contribute to uniform mixing of polar / nonpolar substances. You don't have to.
Examples of the effects of adding the hydrophobic resin include control of the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with respect to water, improvement of immersion liquid followability, and suppression of outgas.
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、 “樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有することが好ましく、2種以上を有することが更に好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂に於ける上記フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
The hydrophobic resin has at least one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have two or more types.
When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin or in the side chain. It may be.
 疎水性樹脂がフッ素原子を含んでいる場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又は、フッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは炭素数1~4)は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などのアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられ、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, it may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom. preferable.
The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. It may have a substituent other than.
The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. .
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及びフッ素原子を有するアリール基として、好ましくは、下記一般式(F2)~(F4)で表される基を挙げることができるが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。 Preferred examples of the alkyl group having a fluorine atom, the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, and the aryl group having a fluorine atom include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4). The invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 一般式(F2)~(F4)中、
 R57~R68は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はアルキル基(直鎖若しくは分岐)を表す。但し、R57~R61の少なくとも1つ、R62~R64の少なくとも1つ、及びR65~R68の少なくとも1つは、各々独立に、フッ素原子又は少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)を表す。
 R57~R61及びR65~R67は、全てがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。R62、R63及びR68は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)が好ましく、炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。R62とR63は、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
In general formulas (F2) to (F4),
R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched). Provided that at least one of R 57 to R 61 , at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom is a fluorine atom. It represents a substituted alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
All of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably fluorine atoms. R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(F2)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、p-フルオロフェニル基、ペンタフルオロフェニル基、3,5-ジ(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(F3)で表される基の具体例としては、US2012/0251948A1〔0500〕に例示されたものを挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(F4)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、-C(CFOH、-C(COH、-C(CF)(CH)OH、-CH(CF)OH等が挙げられ、-C(CFOHが好ましい。
 フッ素原子を含む部分構造は、主鎖に直接結合してもよく、更に、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合及びウレイレン結合よりなる群から選択される基、或いはこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせた基を介して主鎖に結合してもよい。
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include those exemplified in US2012 / 0251948A1 [0500].
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like are mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
The partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple | bond with a principal chain through the group selected or the group which combined these 2 or more.
 疎水性樹脂は、珪素原子を含有してもよい。珪素原子を有する部分構造として、アルキルシリル構造(好ましくはトリアルキルシリル基)、又は環状シロキサン構造を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 アルキルシリル構造、又は環状シロキサン構造としては、特開2013-178370号公報の段落[0304]~[0307]に記載された部分構造などを挙げることができる。
 フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位の例としては、US2012/0251948A1〔0519〕に例示されたものを挙げることが出来る。
The hydrophobic resin may contain a silicon atom. The partial structure having a silicon atom is preferably a resin having an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclic siloxane structure.
Examples of the alkylsilyl structure or the cyclic siloxane structure include partial structures described in paragraphs [0304] to [0307] of JP2013-178370A.
Examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom include those exemplified in US2012 / 0251948A1 [0519].
 また、上記したように、疎水性樹脂は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含むことも好ましい。
 ここで、疎水性樹脂中の側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造(以下、単に「側鎖CH部分構造」ともいう)には、エチル基、プロピル基等が有するCH部分構造を包含するものである。
 一方、疎水性樹脂の主鎖に直接結合しているメチル基(例えば、メタクリル酸構造を有する繰り返し単位のα-メチル基)は、主鎖の影響により疎水性樹脂の表面偏在化への寄与が小さいため、本発明におけるCH部分構造に包含されないものとする。
Further, as described above, the hydrophobic resin preferably includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
Here, the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) includes a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like. Is.
On the other hand, methyl groups directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin (for example, α-methyl groups of repeating units having a methacrylic acid structure) contribute to the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin due to the influence of the main chain. Since it is small, it is not included in the CH 3 partial structure in the present invention.
 より具体的には、疎水性樹脂が、例えば、下記一般式(M)で表される繰り返し単位などの、炭素-炭素二重結合を有する重合性部位を有するモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を含む場合であって、R11~R14がCH「そのもの」である場合、そのCHは、本発明における側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造には包含されない。
 一方、C-C主鎖から何らかの原子を介して存在するCH部分構造は、本発明におけるCH部分構造に当てはまるものとする。例えば、R11がエチル基(CHCH)である場合、本発明におけるCH部分構造を「1つ」有するものとする。
More specifically, when the hydrophobic resin includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M) In the case where R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain moiety in the present invention.
Meanwhile, CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone shall apply to CH 3 partial structures in the present invention. For example, when R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 ), it is assumed that it has “one” CH 3 partial structure in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 上記一般式(M)中、
 R11~R14は、各々独立に、側鎖部分を表す。
 側鎖部分のR11~R14としては、水素原子、1価の有機基などが挙げられる。
 R11~R14についての1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられ、これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
In the general formula (M),
R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
Examples of R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
Examples of the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl. Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
 疎水性樹脂は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましく、このような繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を有していることがより好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. As such a repeating unit, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) and the following general unit It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the formula (III).
 以下、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 上記一般式(II)中、Xb1は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表す。ここで、酸に対して安定な有機基は、より具体的には、樹脂(B)において説明した“酸分解性基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (II), X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom, R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid. Here, more specifically, the organic group that is stable against an acid is preferably an organic group that does not have the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (B).
 Xb1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 Xb1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基が挙げられる。上記のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基は、更に、置換基としてアルキル基を有していてもよい。
 Rは、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基又はアルキル置換シクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を2個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、2個以上8個以下有することがより好ましい。
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
The alkyl group of Xb1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Examples of R 2 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures. The above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) are shown below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 以下、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。
The repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by formula (III) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 上記一般式(III)中、Xb2は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表し、nは1から5の整数を表す。
 Xb2のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、水素原子である事が好ましい。
 Xb2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 Rは、酸に対して安定な有機基であるため、より具体的には、上記樹脂(B)において説明した“酸分解性基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。
In the above general formula (III), X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom, R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures, n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
The alkyl group of Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
Since R 3 is an organic group that is stable against an acid, more specifically, R 3 is preferably an organic group that does not have the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (B).
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を1個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、1個以上8個以下有することがより好ましく、1個以上4個以下有することが更に好ましい。
 nは1から5の整数を表し、1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、1又は2を表すことが更に好ましい。
R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
n represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) are given below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 疎水性樹脂が、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合であり、更に、特にフッ素原子及び珪素原子を有さない場合、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)の含有量は、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であることが好ましく、95モル%以上であることがより好ましい。含有量は、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対して、通常、100モル%以下である。 In the case where the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and particularly when it does not have a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the general formula ( The content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by III) is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, based on all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. It is more preferable. Content is 100 mol% or less normally with respect to all the repeating units of hydrophobic resin.
 疎水性樹脂が、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対し、90モル%以上で含有することにより、疎水性樹脂の表面自由エネルギーが増加する。その結果として、疎水性樹脂がレジスト膜の表面に偏在しにくくなり、水に対するレジスト膜の静的/動的接触角を確実に向上させて、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。 The hydrophobic resin contains at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (II) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) as all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. On the other hand, the surface free energy of hydrophobic resin increases by containing 90 mol% or more. As a result, the hydrophobic resin is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, so that the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
 また、疎水性樹脂は、(i)フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合においても、(ii)側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においても、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有していてもよい。
 (x)酸基、
 (y)ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基、
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
In addition, the hydrophobic resin includes the following groups (x) to (z) regardless of whether (i) it contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, or (ii) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. It may have at least one group selected from
(X) an acid group,
(Y) a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group,
(Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 好ましい酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が挙げられる。
Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) A methylene group etc. are mentioned.
Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), sulfonimide groups, and bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups.
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に、直接、酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、或いは、連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸基が結合している繰り返し単位などが挙げられ、更には酸基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入することもでき、いずれの場合も好ましい。酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~35モル%、更に好ましくは5~20モル%である。
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、Rxは水素原子、CH、CF、又は、CHOHを表す。
The repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable. The repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
The content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 20 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. It is.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基(y)としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基が特に好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位は、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等の、樹脂の主鎖に直接この基が結合している繰り返し単位である。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合している繰り返し単位であってもよい。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
 ラクトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(B)の項で説明したラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。
As the group having a lactone structure or sultone structure, the acid anhydride group, or the acid imide group (y), a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is particularly preferable.
The repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester. Alternatively, this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Or this repeating unit may be introduce | transduced into the terminal of resin using the polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent which has this group at the time of superposition | polymerization.
Examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure described above in the section of the resin (B).
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、3~98モル%であることがより好ましく、5~95モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, The content is more preferably 3 to 98 mol%, further preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(B)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。疎水性樹脂に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~80モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは10~80モル%、更に好ましくは20~60モル%である。
 疎水性樹脂は、更に、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin include the same repeating units as those having an acid-decomposable group listed for the resin (B). The repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. In the hydrophobic resin, the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 10%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
The hydrophobic resin may further have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 一般式(III)に於いて、
 Rc31は、水素原子、アルキル基(フッ素原子等で置換されていてもよい)、シアノ基又は-CH-O-Rac基を表す。式中、Racは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Rc31は、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Rc32は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基又はアリール基を有する基を表す。これら基はフッ素原子、珪素原子を含む基で置換されていてもよい。
 Lc3は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
In general formula (III):
R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be substituted with a fluorine atom or the like), a cyano group, or a —CH 2 —O—Rac 2 group. In the formula, Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R c32 represents a group having an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group. These groups may be substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
L c3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 一般式(III)に於ける、Rc32のアルキル基は、炭素数3~20の直鎖若しくは分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 アルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のアルケニル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルケニル基が好ましい。
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基がより好ましく、これらは置換基を有していてもよい。
 Rc32は無置換のアルキル基又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 Lc3の2価の連結基は、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~5)、エーテル結合、フェニレン基、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)が好ましい。
In general formula (III), the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and these may have a substituent.
R c32 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
The divalent linking group of L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5), an ether bond, a phenylene group, or an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—).
 一般式(III)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂は、更に、下記一般式(CII-AB)で表される繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 10 to 90 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
The hydrophobic resin preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (CII-AB).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 式(CII-AB)中、
 Rc11’及びRc12’は、各々独立に、水素原子、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Zc’は、結合した2つの炭素原子(C-C)を含み、脂環式構造を形成するための原子団を表す。
In the formula (CII-AB),
R c11 ′ and R c12 ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
Zc ′ represents an atomic group for forming an alicyclic structure containing two bonded carbon atoms (C—C).
 一般式(CII-AB)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, and preferably 10 to 90 mol%. More preferred is 30 to 70 mol%.
 以下に一般式(III)、(CII-AB)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、CF又はCNを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formulas (III) and (CII-AB) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CF 3 or CN.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 疎水性樹脂がフッ素原子を有する場合、フッ素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂の重量平均分子量に対し、5~80質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましい。また、フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中10~100モル%であることが好ましく、30~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂が珪素原子を有する場合、珪素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂の重量平均分子量に対し、2~50質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましい。また、珪素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、20~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
When the hydrophobic resin has a fluorine atom, the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass and more preferably 10 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
When the hydrophobic resin has a silicon atom, the content of silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin. Further, the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を実質的に含有しない形態も好ましく、この場合、具体的には、フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、1モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を含有しない。また、疎水性樹脂は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。より具体的には、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位が、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位中95モル%以上であることが好ましく、97モル%以上であることがより好ましく、99モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、理想的には100モル%である。 On the other hand, in the case where the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferred that the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having an atom or silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. More preferably, it is ideally 0 mol%, ie it does not contain fluorine and silicon atoms. Moreover, it is preferable that hydrophobic resin is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, it is preferable that the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in the total repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. 97 mol% or more is more preferable, 99 mol% or more is further preferable, and ideally 100 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~100,000で、より好ましくは1,000~50,000、更により好ましくは2,000~15,000である。
 また、疎水性樹脂は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
The standard polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000.
Moreover, the hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、疎水性樹脂を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合、疎水性樹脂の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain a hydrophobic resin, but when it is contained, the content of the hydrophobic resin in the composition is the sensitivity of the present invention. The amount is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 7% by mass based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 疎水性樹脂は、金属等の不純物が少ないのは当然のことながら、残留単量体やオリゴマー成分が0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~3質量%、0.05~1質量%が更により好ましい。それにより、液中異物や感度等の経時変化のない組成物が得られる。また、解像度、レジスト形状、レジストパターンの側壁、ラフネスなどの点から、分子量分布(Mw/Mn、分散度ともいう)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3、更に好ましくは1~2の範囲である。 Naturally, the hydrophobic resin has a small amount of impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, 0.05 to 1% by mass is even more preferred. Thereby, a composition having no change over time such as foreign matter in liquid or sensitivity can be obtained. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
 疎水性樹脂は、各種市販品を利用することもできるし、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。
 反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(B)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。
 以下に疎水性樹脂の具体例を示す。また、下記表に、各樹脂における繰り返し単位のモル比(各繰り返し単位と左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量、分散度を示す。
As the hydrophobic resin, various commercially available products can be used, and can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
The reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (B). However, in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin, the reaction concentration Is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin are shown below. The following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
<酸拡散制御剤>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に酸拡散制御剤を含有することが好ましい。酸拡散制御剤は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂(樹脂(B))の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用するものである。酸拡散制御剤としては、塩基性化合物、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物、又は、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩を使用することができる。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains an acid diffusion controller. The acid diffusion controller acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin (resin (B)) in the unexposed area due to excess generated acid. To do. Examples of the acid diffusion controller include a basic compound, a low molecular compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, a basic compound whose basicity is reduced or disappeared by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, or An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used.
 塩基性化合物としては、好ましくは、下記一般式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物を挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds having structures represented by the following general formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 一般式(A)及び(E)中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表し、ここで、R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20個のアルキル基を表す。
In general formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 これら一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
Regarding the alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
 好ましい化合物として、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、ピペリジン等を挙げることができ、更に好ましい化合物として、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造又はピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等を挙げることができる。
 好ましい化合物の具体例としては、US2012/0219913A1 [0379]に例示された化合物を挙げることができる。
 好ましい塩基性化合物として、更に、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物を挙げることができる。
Preferred compounds include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like, and more preferred compounds include imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate Examples thereof include a compound having a structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond.
Specific examples of preferred compounds include those exemplified in US2012 / 0219913A1 [0379].
Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group.
 アミン化合物は、1級、2級、3級のアミン化合物を使用することができ、少なくとも1つのアルキル基が窒素原子に結合しているアミン化合物が好ましい。アミン化合物は、3級アミン化合物であることがより好ましい。アミン化合物は、少なくとも1つのアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)が窒素原子に結合していれば、アルキル基の他に、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~12)が窒素原子に結合していてもよい。アミン化合物は、アルキル鎖中に、酸素原子を有し、オキシアルキレン基が形成されていることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1つ以上、好ましくは3~9個、更に好ましくは4~6個である。オキシアルキレン基の中でもオキシエチレン基(-CHCHO-)若しくはオキシプロピレン基(-CH(CH)CHO-若しくは-CHCHCHO-)が好ましく、更に好ましくはオキシエチレン基である。 As the amine compound, a primary, secondary or tertiary amine compound can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable. The amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound. As long as at least one alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to a nitrogen atom, the amine compound has an cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms). Preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms may be bonded to the nitrogen atom. The amine compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed. The number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene groups, an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
 アンモニウム塩化合物は、1級、2級、3級又は4級のアンモニウム塩化合物を使用することができ、少なくとも1つのアルキル基が窒素原子に結合しているアンモニウム塩化合物が好ましい。アンモニウム塩化合物は、少なくとも1つのアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)が窒素原子に結合していれば、アルキル基の他に、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~12)が窒素原子に結合していてもよい。アンモニウム塩化合物は、アルキル鎖中に、酸素原子を有し、オキシアルキレン基が形成されていることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1つ以上、好ましくは3~9個、更に好ましくは4~6個である。オキシアルキレン基の中でもオキシエチレン基(-CHCHO-)若しくはオキシプロピレン基(-CH(CH)CHO-若しくは-CHCHCHO-)が好ましく、更に好ましくはオキシエチレン基である。 As the ammonium salt compound, a primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary ammonium salt compound can be used, and an ammonium salt compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable. In addition to the alkyl group, the ammonium salt compound may be a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group, provided that at least one alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom. (Preferably having 6 to 12 carbon atoms) may be bonded to a nitrogen atom. The ammonium salt compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed. The number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene groups, an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
 アンモニウム塩化合物のアニオンとしては、ハロゲン原子、スルホネート、ボレート、フォスフェート等が挙げられるが、中でもハロゲン原子、スルホネートが好ましい。
 また、下記化合物も塩基性化合物として好ましい。
Examples of the anion of the ammonium salt compound include halogen atoms, sulfonates, borates, and phosphates. Among them, halogen atoms and sulfonates are preferable.
The following compounds are also preferable as the basic compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 塩基性化合物としては、上述した化合物のほかに、特開2011‐22560号公報〔0180〕~〔0225〕、特開2012-137735号公報〔0218〕~〔0219〕、国際公開パンフレットWO2011/158687A1〔0416〕~〔0438〕に記載されている化合物等を使用することもできる。
 これらの塩基性化合物は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
As the basic compound, in addition to the above-mentioned compounds, JP2011-22560A [0180] to [0225], JP2012-137735A [0218] to [0219], International Publication Pamphlet WO2011 / 158687A1 [ [0416] to [0438] can also be used.
These basic compounds may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、塩基性化合物を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、塩基性化合物の含有率は、組成物の固形分を基準として、好ましくは0.001~10質量%であり、より好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
 光酸発生剤(光酸発生剤(A’)を含む)と塩基性化合物の組成物中の使用割合は、光酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(モル比)=2.5~300であることが好ましい。即ち、感度、解像度の点からモル比は2.5以上が好ましく、露光後加熱処理までの経時によるレジストパターンの太りによる解像度の低下抑制の点から300以下が好ましい。光酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(モル比)は、より好ましくは5.0~200、更に好ましくは7.0~150である。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain a basic compound. When it is contained, the content of the basic compound is based on the solid content of the composition. The content is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
The use ratio of the photoacid generator (including the photoacid generator (A ′)) and the basic compound in the composition is photoacid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) = 2.5 to 300. Is preferred. In other words, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing the reduction in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until post-exposure heat treatment. The photoacid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(以下、「化合物(C)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基として、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基であることが特に好ましい。
 化合物(C)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が特に好ましい。
 化合物(C)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表すことができる。
A low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (C)”) is an amine derivative having a group on the nitrogen atom that is leaving by the action of an acid. It is preferable that
As the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, and a hemiaminal ether group are preferable, and a carbamate group and a hemiaminal ether group are particularly preferable. .
The molecular weight of the compound (C) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
Compound (C) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
In general formula (d-1),
R b each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group. (Preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). R b may be connected to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by R b are substituted with a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, and an oxo group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. May be. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb .
 Rとして好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基である。より好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基である。
 2つのRが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環式炭化水素基若しくはその誘導体等が挙げられる。
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、US2012/0135348 A1 [0466]に開示された構造を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。
R b is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting two R b to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in US2012 / 0135348 A1 [0466].
 化合物(C)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有するものであることが特に好ましい。 It is particularly preferable that the compound (C) has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 一般式(6)において、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。上記複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rは、上記一般式(d-1)におけるRと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
 一般式(6)において、Rとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、Rとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
In General Formula (6), R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula. The heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
R b has the same meaning as R b in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l + m = 3.
In the general formula (6), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as R a are the groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as R b may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group described above.
 上記Rのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(C)を具体的に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group of R a (these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may be substituted with the above group) , R b includes the same groups as the specific examples described above.
A particularly preferred compound (C) in the present invention is specifically shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 一般式(6)で表される化合物は、特開2007-298569号公報、特開2009-199021号公報などに基づき合成することができる。
 本発明において、化合物(C)は、一種単独でも又は2種以上を混合しても使用することができる。
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における化合物(C)の含有率は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.001~20質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.001~10質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
The compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298869A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
In the present invention, the compound (C) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the compound (C) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the composition. The amount is 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(以下、「化合物(PA)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。 A basic compound whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (PA)”) has a proton acceptor functional group and is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Is a compound whose proton acceptor properties are degraded, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor properties to acidic properties.
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基或いは電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基や、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a group that can interact electrostatically with a proton or a functional group having an electron. For example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether or a π-conjugated group. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル、アザクラウンエーテル、1~3級アミン、ピリジン、イミダゾール、ピラジン構造などを挙げることができる。 Examples of a preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether, an azacrown ether, a primary to tertiary amine, a pyridine, an imidazole, and a pyrazine structure.
 化合物(PA)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(PA)とプロトンからプロトン付加体が生成する時、その化学平衡に於ける平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認することができる。
The compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group. Means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound having a proton acceptor functional group (PA) and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium is reduced.
Proton acceptor property can be confirmed by measuring pH.
 本発明においては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(PA)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaが、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、より好ましくは-13<pKa<-1であり、更に好ましくは-13<pKa<-3である。 In the present invention, the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (PA) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <−1, more preferably −13 <pKa <−1. More preferably, −13 <pKa <−3.
 本発明に於いて、酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に記載のものであり、この値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示している。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測することができ、また、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示している。 In the present invention, the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution. For example, Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.) It shows that acid strength is so large that this value is low. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring an acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution, and using the following software package 1, Hammett The values based on the substituent constants and the known literature database can also be obtained by calculation. The values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 化合物(PA)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して発生する上記プロトン付加体として、例えば、下記一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物を発生する。一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基とともに酸性基を有することにより、化合物(PA)に比べてプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物である。 The compound (PA) generates, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (PA-1) as the proton adduct generated by decomposition upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) has an acidic group together with the proton acceptor functional group, the proton acceptor property is reduced or disappeared compared to the compound (PA), or the proton acceptor property is reduced. It is a compound that has changed to acidic.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 一般式(PA-1)中、
 Qは、-SOH、-COH、又は-WNHWを表す。ここで、Rは、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)を表し、W及びWは、各々独立に、-SO-又は-CO-を表す。
 Aは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Xは、-SO-又は-CO-を表す。
 nは、0又は1を表す。
 Bは、単結合、酸素原子、又は-N(R)R-を表す。ここで、Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、Rは単結合又は2価の有機基を表す。Rは、Rと結合して環を形成していてもよく、Rと結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する1価の有機基を表す。
In general formula (PA-1),
Q represents —SO 3 H, —CO 2 H, or —W 1 NHW 2 R f . Here, R f represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and W 1 and W 2 each independently represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
n represents 0 or 1.
B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom, or —N (R x ) R y —. Here, R x represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R y represents a single bond or a divalent organic group. R x may be bonded to R y to form a ring, or R x may be bonded to R to form a ring.
R represents a monovalent organic group having a proton acceptor functional group.
 一般式(PA-1)について更に詳細に説明する。
 Aにおける2価の連結基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~12の2価の連結基であり、例えば、アルキレン基、フェニレン基等が挙げられる。より好ましくは少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキレン基であり、好ましい炭素数は2~6、より好ましくは炭素数2~4である。アルキレン鎖中に酸素原子、硫黄原子などの連結基を有していてもよい。アルキレン基は、特に水素原子数の30~100%がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキレン基が好ましく、Q部位と結合した炭素原子がフッ素原子を有することがより好ましい。更にはパーフルオロアルキレン基が好ましく、パーフロロエチレン基、パーフロロプロピレン基、パーフロロブチレン基がより好ましい。
The general formula (PA-1) will be described in more detail.
The divalent linking group in A is preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group and a phenylene group. More preferred is an alkylene group having at least one fluorine atom, and the preferred carbon number is 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4. The alkylene chain may have a linking group such as an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The alkylene group is particularly preferably an alkylene group in which 30 to 100% of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, and more preferably, the carbon atom bonded to the Q site has a fluorine atom. Further, a perfluoroalkylene group is preferable, and a perfluoroethylene group, a perfluoropropylene group, and a perfluorobutylene group are more preferable.
 Rにおける1価の有機基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~30の有機基であり、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基などを挙げることができる。これら基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 Rにおけるアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~20の直鎖及び分岐アルキル基であり、アルキル鎖中に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有していてもよい。
 Rにおけるシクロアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、好ましくは炭素数3~20の単環シクロアルキル基又は多環シクロアルキル基であり、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有していてもよい。
 Rにおけるアリール基としては、置換基を有してもよく、好ましくは炭素数6~14のものが挙げられ、例えば、フェニル基及びナフチル基等が挙げられる。
 Rにおけるアラルキル基としては、置換基を有してもよく、好ましくは炭素数7~20のものが挙げられ、例えば、ベンジル基及びフェネチル基等が挙げられる。
 Rにおけるアルケニル基は、置換基を有してもよく、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルケニル基の炭素数は、3~20であることが好ましい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基及びスチリル基等が挙げられる。
The monovalent organic group in R x is preferably an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
The alkyl group in R x may have a substituent, and is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and has an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. It may be.
The cycloalkyl group in R x may have a substituent, and is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may have a nitrogen atom.
The aryl group for R x may have a substituent, and preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
The aralkyl group in R x may have a substituent, and preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
The alkenyl group in R x may have a substituent, may be linear, or may be branched. The alkenyl group preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and styryl groups.
 Rが更に置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、例えばハロゲン原子、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドラジノ基及び、ヘテロ環基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent when R x further has a substituent include a halogen atom, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, Examples include carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, nitro group, hydrazino group, and heterocyclic group.
 Rにおける2価の有機基としては、好ましくはアルキレン基を挙げることができる。
 RとRが互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、窒素原子を含む5~10員の環、特に好ましくは6員の環が挙げられる。
Preferred examples of the divalent organic group for R y include an alkylene group.
Examples of the ring structure that R x and R y may be bonded to each other include a 5- to 10-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom, particularly preferably a 6-membered ring.
 Rにおけるプロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、上記の通りであり、アザクラウンエーテル、1~3級アミン、ピリジンやイミダゾールといった窒素を含む複素環式芳香族構造などを有する基が挙げられる。
 このような構造を有する有機基として、好ましい炭素数は4~30の有機基であり、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基などを挙げることができる。
The proton acceptor functional group in R is as described above, and examples thereof include azacrown ether, primary to tertiary amines, and groups having a heterocyclic aromatic structure containing nitrogen such as pyridine and imidazole.
The organic group having such a structure is preferably an organic group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group.
 Rにおけるプロトンアクセプター性官能基又はアンモニウム基を含むアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基に於けるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基は、上記Rxとして挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基と同様のものである。 The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, the alkyl group in the alkenyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group in R include a proton acceptor functional group or an ammonium group. Are the same as the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and alkenyl group mentioned above.
 Bが-N(R)R-の時、RとRが互いに結合して環を形成していることが好ましい。環構造を形成することによって、安定性が向上し、これを用いた組成物の保存安定性が向上する。環を形成する炭素数は4~20が好ましく、単環式でも多環式でもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を含んでいてもよい。
 単環式構造としては、窒素原子を含む4員環、5員環、6員環、7員環、8員環等を挙げることができる。多環式構造としては、2又は3以上の単環式構造の組み合わせから成る構造を挙げることができる。
When B is —N (R x ) R y —, R and R x are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring. By forming the ring structure, the stability is improved, and the storage stability of the composition using the ring structure is improved. The number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 4 to 20, and may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the ring.
Examples of the monocyclic structure include a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring, and an 8-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom. Examples of the polycyclic structure include a structure composed of a combination of two or three or more monocyclic structures.
 Qにより表される-WNHWにおけるRとして、好ましくは炭素数1~6のフッ素原子を有してもよいアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~6のパーフルオロアルキル基である。また、W及びWとしては、少なくとも一方が-SO-であることが好ましく、より好ましくはW及びWの両方が-SO-である場合である。
 Qは、酸基の親水性の観点から、-SOH又は-COHであることが特に好ましい。
 一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物の内、Q部位がスルホン酸である化合物は、一般的なスルホンアミド化反応を用いることで合成できる。例えば、ビススルホニルハライド化合物の一方のスルホニルハライド部を選択的にアミン化合物と反応させて、スルホンアミド結合を形成した後、もう一方のスルホニルハライド部分を加水分解する方法、あるいは環状スルホン酸無水物をアミン化合物と反応させ開環させる方法により得ることができる。
As R f in -W 1 NHW 2 R f represented by Q, preferred is an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms It is a group. Further, as W 1 and W 2 , at least one is preferably —SO 2 —, and more preferably, both W 1 and W 2 are —SO 2 —.
Q is particularly preferably —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H from the viewpoint of the hydrophilicity of the acid group.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (PA-1), a compound in which the Q site is a sulfonic acid can be synthesized by using a general sulfonamidation reaction. For example, a method in which one sulfonyl halide part of a bissulfonyl halide compound is selectively reacted with an amine compound to form a sulfonamide bond, and then the other sulfonyl halide part is hydrolyzed, or a cyclic sulfonic acid anhydride is used. It can be obtained by a method of ring-opening by reacting with an amine compound.
 化合物(PA)は、イオン性化合物であることが好ましい。プロトンアクセプター性官能基はアニオン部、カチオン部のいずれに含まれていてもよいが、アニオン部位に含まれていることが好ましい。
 化合物(PA)として、好ましくは下記一般式(4)~(6)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
The compound (PA) is preferably an ionic compound. The proton acceptor functional group may be contained in either the anion portion or the cation portion, but is preferably contained in the anion portion.
Preferred examples of the compound (PA) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (4) to (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 一般式(4)~(6)において、A、X、n、B、R、R、W及びWは、一般式(PA-1)における各々と同義である。
 Cはカウンターカチオンを示す。
 カウンターカチオンとしては、オニウムカチオンが好ましい。より詳しくは、上述した一般式(ZI)におけるS(R201)(R202)(R203)として説明されているスルホニウムカチオン、一般式(ZII)におけるI(R204)(R205)として説明されているヨードニウムカチオンが好ましい例として挙げられる。
 化合物(PA)の具体例としては、US2011/0269072A1 [0280]に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
In the general formulas (4) to (6), A, X, n, B, R, R f , W 1 and W 2 have the same meanings as those in the general formula (PA-1).
C + represents a counter cation.
The counter cation is preferably an onium cation. More specifically, the sulfonium cation described as S + (R 201 ) (R 202 ) (R 203 ) in general formula (ZI) described above, I + (R 204 ) (R 205 ) in general formula (ZII) As a preferable example, an iodonium cation described as
Specific examples of the compound (PA) include the compounds exemplified in US2011 / 0269072A1 [0280].
 また、本発明においては、一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物を発生する化合物以外の化合物(PA)も適宜選択可能である。例えば、イオン性化合物であって、カチオン部にプロトンアクセプター部位を有する化合物を用いてもよい。より具体的には、下記一般式(7)で表される化合物などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, a compound (PA) other than the compound that generates the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) can be appropriately selected. For example, an ionic compound that has a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety may be used. More specifically, a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 式中、Aは硫黄原子又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 mは1又は2を表し、nは1又は2を表す。但し、Aが硫黄原子の時、m+n=3、Aがヨウ素原子の時、m+n=2である。
 Rは、アリール基を表す。
 Rは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基で置換されたアリール基を表す。Xは、対アニオンを表す。
 Xの具体例としては、前述した光酸発生剤(A)のアニオンと同様のものを挙げることができる。
 R及びRのアリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基が好ましく挙げられる。
In the formula, A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
m represents 1 or 2, and n represents 1 or 2. However, when A is a sulfur atom, m + n = 3, and when A is an iodine atom, m + n = 2.
R represents an aryl group.
R N represents an aryl group substituted with a proton acceptor functional group. X represents a counter anion.
Specific examples of X include the same anions as those of the photoacid generator (A) described above.
Specific examples of the aryl group of R and R N is a phenyl group are preferably exemplified.
 Rが有するプロトンアクセプター性官能基の具体例としては、前述の式(PA-1)で説明したプロトンアクセプター性官能基と同様である。
 以下に、カチオン部にプロトンアクセプター部位を有するイオン性化合物の具体例としては、US2011/0269072A1 [0291]に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
 なお、このような化合物は、例えば、特開2007―230913号公報及び特開2009―122623号公報などに記載の方法を参考にして合成できる。
Specific examples of the proton acceptor functional group R N are the same as those of the proton acceptor functional group described in the foregoing formula (PA-1).
Specific examples of the ionic compound having a proton acceptor site in the cation moiety include the compounds exemplified in US2011 / 0269072A1 [0291].
Such a compound can be synthesized with reference to methods described in, for example, JP-A-2007-230913 and JP-A-2009-122623.
 化合物(PA)は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 化合物(PA)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、1~8質量%がより好ましい。
A compound (PA) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
The content of the compound (PA) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物では、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩を酸拡散制御剤として使用することができる。
 光酸発生剤と、光酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩を混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により光酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, an onium salt that becomes a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
When a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are used in combination, the photoacid generator is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. When the generated acid collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, a weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記一般式(d1‐1)~(d1‐3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 式中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であり、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素にはフッ素原子は置換されていないものとする)であり、R52は有機基であり、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状のアルキレン基又はアリーレン基であり、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基であり、Mは各々独立に、スルホニウム又はヨードニウムカチオンである。 In the formula, R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (however, a carbon adjacent to S). R 52 is an organic group, Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group, and Rf is a fluorine atom. Each of the M + is independently a sulfonium or iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、上述した一般式(ZI)中のスルホニウムカチオン及び上述した一般式(ZII)中のヨードニウムカチオンを挙げることができる。 Preferable examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation in the general formula (ZI) described above and the iodonium cation in the general formula (ZII) described above.
 一般式(d1-1)で表される化合物のアニオン部の好ましい例としては、特開2012-242799号公報の段落〔0198〕に例示された構造を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(d1‐2)で表される化合物のアニオン部の好ましい例としては、特開2012-242799号公報の段落〔0201〕に例示された構造を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(d1‐3)で表される化合物のアニオン部の好ましい例としては、特開2012-242799号公報の段落〔0209〕及び〔0210〕に例示された構造を挙げることが出来る。
Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-1) include the structures exemplified in paragraph [0198] of JP2012-242799A.
Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-2) include the structures exemplified in paragraph [0201] of JP2012-242799A.
Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-3) include the structures exemplified in paragraphs [0209] and [0210] of JP2012-242799A.
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩は、(C)カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、上記カチオン部位とアニオン部位が共有結合により連結している化合物(以下、「オニウム塩(C)」ともいう。)であってもよい。
 オニウム塩(C)としては、下記一般式(C-1)~(C-3)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。
An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator is (C) a compound having a cation moiety and an anion moiety in the same molecule, and the cation moiety and the anion moiety being linked by a covalent bond (Hereinafter also referred to as “onium salt (C)”).
The onium salt (C) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following general formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 一般式(C-1)~(C-3)中、
 R、R、Rは、炭素数1以上の置換基を表す。
 Lは、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を連結する2価の連結基又は単結合を表す。
 -Xは、-COO、-SO 、-SO 、-N-Rから選択されるアニオン部位を表す。Rは、隣接するN原子との連結部位に、カルボニル基:-C(=O)-、スルホニル基:-S(=O)-、スルフィニル基:-S(=O)-を有する1価の置換基を表す。
 R、R、R、R、Lは互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、(C-3)において、R~Rのうち2つを合わせて、N原子と2重結合を形成してもよい。
In general formulas (C-1) to (C-3),
R 1 , R 2 and R 3 represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking the cation moiety and the anion moiety.
-X - it is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, -N. R 4 is a group having a carbonyl group: —C (═O) —, a sulfonyl group: —S (═O) 2 —, and a sulfinyl group: —S (═O) — at the site of connection with the adjacent N atom. Represents a valent substituent.
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and L 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In (C-3), two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to form a double bond with the N atom.
 R~Rにおける炭素数1以上の置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられる。好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基である。 Examples of the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylamino A carbonyl group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, etc. are mentioned. Preferably, they are an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group.
 2価の連結基としてのLは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。Lは、より好ましくは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基である。
 一般式(C-1)で表される化合物の好ましい例としては、特開2013-6827号公報の段落〔0037〕~〔0039〕及び特開2013-8020号公報の段落〔0027〕~〔0029〕に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(C-2)で表される化合物の好ましい例としては、特開2012-189977号公報の段落〔0012〕~〔0013〕に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(C-3)で表される化合物の好ましい例としては、特開2012-252124号公報の段落〔0029〕~〔0031〕に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
L 1 as the divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, arylene group, carbonyl group, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, and two types thereof. Examples include groups formed by combining the above. L 1 is more preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include paragraphs [0037] to [0039] of JP2013-6827A and paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP2013-8020A. ] Can be mentioned.
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-2) include compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0012] to [0013] of JP2012-189977A.
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-3) include the compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0029] to [0031] of JP 2012-252124 A.
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩の含有量は、組成物の固形分基準で、0.5~10.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~8.0質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0~8.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator is preferably 0.5 to 10.0% by mass, based on the solid content of the composition, and preferably 0.5 to 8.0. More preferably, it is more preferably 1.0% to 8.0% by mass.
<溶剤>
 上記各成分を溶解させて本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を含有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤を挙げることができる。
<Solvent>
Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention by dissolving the above-described components include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether. , Alkyl lactic acid ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), monoketone compound which may contain a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, pyruvic acid Mention may be made of organic solvents such as alkyl.
 アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレートとしては、例えば、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルプロピオネート、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテートが好ましく挙げられる。
 アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルとしては、例えば、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルを好ましく挙げられる。
Examples of the alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monoethyl Preferred examples include ether propionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate.
Preferred examples of the alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether include propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether.
 乳酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸プロピル、乳酸ブチルを好ましく挙げられる。
 アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキルとしては、例えば、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチルを好ましく挙げられる。
Preferred examples of the alkyl lactate include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, propyl lactate and butyl lactate.
Preferred examples of the alkyl alkoxypropionate include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl 3-methoxypropionate.
 環状ラクトンとしては、例えば、β-プロピオラクトン、β-ブチロラクトン、γ-ブチロラクトン、α-メチル-γ-ブチロラクトン、β-メチル-γ-ブチロラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、γ-カプロラクトン、γ-オクタノイックラクトン、α-ヒドロキシ-γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましく挙げられる。 Examples of the cyclic lactone include β-propiolactone, β-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactone, α-methyl-γ-butyrolactone, β-methyl-γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, γ-caprolactone, and γ-octano. Preferred are iclactone and α-hydroxy-γ-butyrolactone.
 環を含有してもよいモノケトン化合物としては、例えば、2-ブタノン、3-メチルブタノン、ピナコロン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、3-メチル-2-ペンタノン、4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、2-メチル-3-ペンタノン、4,4-ジメチル-2-ペンタノン、2,4-ジメチル-3-ペンタノン、2,2,4,4-テトラメチル-3-ペンタノン、2-ヘキサノン、3-ヘキサノン、5-メチル-3-ヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、2-メチル-3-ヘプタノン、5-メチル-3-ヘプタノン、2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノン、2-オクタノン、3-オクタノン、2-ノナノン、3-ノナノン、5-ノナノン、2-デカノン、3-デカノン、4-デカノン、5-ヘキセン-2-オン、3-ペンテン-2-オン、シクロペンタノン、2-メチルシクロペンタノン、3-メチルシクロペンタノン、2,2-ジメチルシクロペンタノン、2,4,4-トリメチルシクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-エチルシクロヘキサノン、2,2-ジメチルシクロヘキサノン、2,6-ジメチルシクロヘキサノン、2,2,6-トリメチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、2-メチルシクロヘプタノン、3-メチルシクロヘプタノンが好ましく挙げられる。 Examples of the monoketone compound which may contain a ring include 2-butanone, 3-methylbutanone, pinacolone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 3-methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, 2 -Methyl-3-pentanone, 4,4-dimethyl-2-pentanone, 2,4-dimethyl-3-pentanone, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, 5-methyl-3-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 5-methyl-3-heptanone, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, 2-octanone, 3-octanone, 2-nonanone, 3-nonanone, 5-nonanone, 2-decanone, 3-decanone, 4-decanone, 5-hexen-2-one 3-penten-2-one, cyclopentanone, 2-methylcyclopentanone, 3-methylcyclopentanone, 2,2-dimethylcyclopentanone, 2,4,4-trimethylcyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 3- Methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, 4-ethylcyclohexanone, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexanone, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexanone, 2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, 2-methylcycloheptanone, 3-methyl Preferred is cycloheptanone.
 アルキレンカーボネートとしては、例えば、プロピレンカーボネート、ビニレンカーボネート、エチレンカーボネート、ブチレンカーボネートが好ましく挙げられる。
 アルコキシ酢酸アルキルとしては、例えば、酢酸-2-メトキシエチル、酢酸-2-エトキシエチル、酢酸-2-(2-エトキシエトキシ)エチル、酢酸-3-メトキシ-3-メチルブチル、酢酸-1-メトキシ-2-プロピルが好ましく挙げられる。
 ピルビン酸アルキルとしては、例えば、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピルが好ましく挙げられる。
 好ましく使用できる溶剤としては、常温常圧下で、沸点130℃以上の溶剤が挙げられる。具体的には、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、乳酸エチル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、ピルビン酸エチル、酢酸-2-エトキシエチル、酢酸-2-(2-エトキシエトキシ)エチル、プロピレンカーボネートが挙げられる。
 本発明に於いては、上記溶剤を単独で使用してもよいし、2種類以上を併用してもよい。
Preferred examples of the alkylene carbonate include propylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, and butylene carbonate.
Examples of the alkyl alkoxyacetate include 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2- (2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, and 1-methoxy-acetate. 2-propyl is preferred.
Preferred examples of the alkyl pyruvate include methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, and propyl pyruvate.
As a solvent which can be preferably used, a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher under normal temperature and normal pressure can be mentioned. Specifically, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, ethyl lactate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl pyruvate, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, acetic acid Examples include -2- (2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl and propylene carbonate.
In the present invention, the above solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明においては、有機溶剤として構造中に水酸基を含有する溶剤と、水酸基を含有しない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては前述の例示化合物が適宜選択可能であるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有してもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、酢酸アルキルなどが好ましく、これらの内でもプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチルが特に好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノンが最も好ましい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤と水酸基を含有しない溶剤との混合比(質量)は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。水酸基を含有しない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が塗布均一性の点で特に好ましい。
In this invention, you may use the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which contains a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not contain a hydroxyl group as an organic solvent.
As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate, etc. are preferable, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, More preferred is ethyl lactate. Further, as the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone and butyl acetate are particularly preferred, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate and 2-heptanone are most preferred.
The mixing ratio (mass) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. . A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であることが好ましい。少なくともプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート及びシクロヘキサノンを含む混合溶剤、又は、少なくともプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート及びγ-ブチロラクトンを含む混合溶剤がより好ましい。少なくともプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、シクロヘキサノン及びγ-ブチロラクトンの3種を含む混合溶剤が特に好ましい。
 本発明の感放射線性又は感活性光線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は1~40質量%であることが好ましく、1~30質量%であることがより好ましく、3~20質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The solvent is preferably a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. A mixed solvent containing at least propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and cyclohexanone, or a mixed solvent containing at least propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and γ-butyrolactone is more preferable. A mixed solvent containing at least three kinds of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, cyclohexanone and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferable.
The solid content concentration of the radiation-sensitive or actinic ray-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and 3 to 20% by mass. Is more preferable.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に界面活性剤を含有してもよい。含有する場合、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、フッ素原子と珪素原子の両方を有する界面活性剤)のいずれか、あるいは2種以上を含有することが好ましい。
<Surfactant>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a surfactant. When it contains, it contains either fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (fluorine-based surfactant, silicon-based surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom), or two or more kinds It is preferable to do.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が上記界面活性剤を含有することにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源の使用時に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないレジストパターンを与えることが可能となる。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、例えばエフトップEF301、EF303、(新秋田化成(株)製)、フロラードFC430、431、4430(住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファックF171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120、R08(DIC(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106(旭硝子(株)製)、トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)、GF-300、GF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製)、サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製)、エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802、EF601((株)ジェムコ製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520(OMNOVA社製)、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D、222D((株)ネオス製)等である。またポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)もシリコン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains the above-mentioned surfactant, adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. It is possible to provide a resist pattern with less.
Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. For example, F-top EF301, EF303, (Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.) ), Florard FC430, 431, 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Megafac F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120, R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382 SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.), GF-300, GF-150 (manufactured by Toagosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ftop EF121, EF122A, E 122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351, EF352, EF801, EF802, EF601 (manufactured by Gemco), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520 (manufactured by OMNOVA), FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204G 208D, 212D, 218D, 222D (manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd.) and the like. Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤としては、上記に示すような公知のものの他に、テロメリゼーション法(テロマー法ともいわれる)若しくはオリゴメリゼーション法(オリゴマー法ともいわれる)により製造されたフルオロ脂肪族化合物から導かれたフルオロ脂肪族基を有する重合体を用いた界面活性剤を用いることが出来る。フルオロ脂肪族化合物は、特開2002-90991号公報に記載された方法によって合成することが出来る。
 フルオロ脂肪族基を有する重合体としては、フルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマーと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート及び/又は(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))メタクリレートとの共重合体が好ましく、不規則に分布しているものでも、ブロック共重合していてもよい。また、ポリ(オキシアルキレン)基としては、ポリ(オキシエチレン)基、ポリ(オキシプロピレン)基、ポリ(オキシブチレン)基などが挙げられ、また、ポリ(オキシエチレンとオキシプロピレンとオキシエチレンとのブロック連結体)やポリ(オキシエチレンとオキシプロピレンとのブロック連結体)など同じ鎖長内に異なる鎖長のアルキレンを有するようなユニットでもよい。更に、フルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマーと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体は2元共重合体ばかりでなく、異なる2種以上のフルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマーや、異なる2種以上の(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)などを同時に共重合した3元系以上の共重合体でもよい。
In addition to the known surfactants described above, surfactants are derived from fluoroaliphatic compounds produced by the telomerization method (also referred to as the telomer method) or the oligomerization method (also referred to as the oligomer method). A surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group can be used. The fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
As the polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group, a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate and / or (poly (oxyalkylene)) methacrylate is preferable and distributed irregularly. Or may be block copolymerized. Examples of the poly (oxyalkylene) group include a poly (oxyethylene) group, a poly (oxypropylene) group, a poly (oxybutylene) group, and the like, and a poly (oxyethylene, oxypropylene, and oxyethylene group). A unit having different chain lengths in the same chain length, such as a block link) or poly (block link of oxyethylene and oxypropylene) may be used. Furthermore, a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate (or methacrylate) is not only a binary copolymer but also a monomer having two or more different fluoroaliphatic groups, Further, it may be a ternary or higher copolymer obtained by simultaneously copolymerizing two or more different (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylates (or methacrylates).
 例えば、市販の界面活性剤として、メガファックF178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476、F-472(DIC(株)製)、C13基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体、C基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体等を挙げることができる。 For example, as commercially available surfactants, Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), acrylates having C 6 F 13 groups (or methacrylate) and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate (copolymer of or methacrylate), and acrylate having a C 3 F 7 group (or methacrylate) (poly (oxyethylene) and) acrylate (or methacrylate) (poly ( And a copolymer with oxypropylene)) acrylate (or methacrylate).
 また、本発明では、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0280]に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。 In the present invention, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は単独で使用してもよいし、また、いくつかの組み合わせで使用してもよい。
 本発明の感放射線性又は感活性光線性樹脂組成物は界面活性剤を含有してもしなくても良いが、界面活性剤を含有する場合、その含有量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分量(溶剤を除く全量)に対して、好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、特に好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
These surfactants may be used alone or in several combinations.
The radiation-sensitive or actinic ray-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant, but when it contains a surfactant, its content is actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive. It is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass with respect to the total solid content (total amount excluding the solvent) of the resin composition. .
<酸の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する、分子量3000以下の溶解阻止化合物>
 酸の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する、分子量3000以下の溶解阻止化合物(以下、「溶解阻止化合物」ともいう)としては、220nm以下の透過性を低下させないため、Proceeding of SPIE,2724,355 (1996)に記載されている酸分解性基を含むコール酸誘導体の様な、酸分解性基を含有する脂環族又は脂肪族化合物が好ましい。酸分解性基、脂環式構造としては、樹脂(B)で説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
<Dissolution-inhibiting compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the solubility in an alkaline developer>
As a dissolution inhibiting compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less (hereinafter also referred to as “dissolution inhibiting compound”), which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the solubility in an alkaline developer, it does not decrease the permeability of 220 nm or less. Preferred are alicyclic or aliphatic compounds containing acid-decomposable groups, such as cholic acid derivatives containing acid-decomposable groups described in OF SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996). Examples of the acid-decomposable group and alicyclic structure are the same as those described for the resin (B).
 なお、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物をKrFエキシマレーザーで露光するか、或いは電子線で照射する場合には、溶解阻止化合物としてはフェノール化合物のフェノール性水酸基を酸分解基で置換した構造を含有するものが好ましい。フェノール化合物としてはフェノール骨格を1~9個含有するものが好ましく、更に好ましくは2~6個含有するものである。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is exposed with a KrF excimer laser or irradiated with an electron beam, the phenolic hydroxyl group of the phenol compound is an acid-decomposable group as a dissolution inhibiting compound. Those containing a structure substituted with are preferred. The phenol compound preferably contains 1 to 9 phenol skeletons, more preferably 2 to 6 phenol skeletons.
 溶解阻止化合物の添加量は、組成物の固形分に対し、好ましくは3~50質量%であり、より好ましくは5~40質量%である。 The addition amount of the dissolution inhibiting compound is preferably 3 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, based on the solid content of the composition.
 以下に溶解阻止化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of dissolution inhibiting compounds are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて更に染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物)等を含有させることができる。
<Other additives>
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, a compound (for example, molecular weight) that further promotes solubility in dyes, plasticizers, photosensitizers, light absorbers, and developers as necessary. 1000 or less phenolic compounds, alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group) and the like can be contained.
 このような分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物は、例えば、特開平4-122938号、特開平2-28531号、米国特許第4,916,210、欧州特許第219294等に記載の方法を参考にして、当業者において容易に合成することができる。
 カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物の具体例としてはコール酸、デオキシコール酸、リトコール酸などのステロイド構造を有するカルボン酸誘導体、アダマンタンカルボン酸誘導体、アダマンタンジカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸などが挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。
Such a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less can be obtained by referring to, for example, the methods described in JP-A-4-1222938, JP-A-2-28531, US Pat. No. 4,916,210, European Patent 219294, etc. It can be easily synthesized by those skilled in the art.
Specific examples of alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group include carboxylic acid derivatives having a steroid structure such as cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, adamantane carboxylic acid derivatives, adamantane dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, dicarboxylic acids.
[パターン形成方法]
 次に、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 (1)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
 (2)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程、及び、
 (3)露光された上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液によって現像する工程、
 を少なくとも含む。
[Pattern formation method]
Next, the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises:
(1) forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;
(2) exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and
(3) a step of developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with a developer containing an organic solvent;
At least.
 上記工程(2)における露光は、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(2)露光工程の後に、(4)加熱工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(2)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(4)加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
The exposure in the step (2) may be immersion exposure.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (4) a heating step after (2) the exposure step.
The pattern formation method of this invention may include the (2) exposure process in multiple times.
The pattern formation method of this invention may include the (4) heating process in multiple times.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は、上記した本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたものであり、より具体的には、基材に、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布することにより形成された膜であることが好ましい。本発明のパターン形成方法に於いて、膜(感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜)を基板上に形成する工程、膜を露光する工程、及び現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is formed using the above-described actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and more specifically, on a substrate, A film formed by applying the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferable. In the pattern forming method of the present invention, a step of forming a film (actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on a substrate, a step of exposing the film, and a developing step are performed by generally known methods. It can be carried out.
 製膜後、露光工程の前に、前加熱工程(PB;Prebake)を含むことも好ましい。
 また、露光工程の後かつ現像工程の前に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。
 加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
It is also preferable to include a preheating step (PB; Prebake) after the film formation and before the exposure step.
It is also preferable to include a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) after the exposure step and before the development step.
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
 本発明における露光装置に用いられる光源波長に制限は無いが、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、電子線等を挙げることができ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましく、ArFエキシマレーザーであることがより好ましい。 Although there is no restriction | limiting in the light source wavelength used for the exposure apparatus in this invention, Infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, an electron beam, etc. can be mentioned, Preferably it is 250 nm or less. More preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, etc., KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam are preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
 また、本発明の露光を行う工程においては液浸露光方法を適用することができる。液浸露光方法は、位相シフト法、変形照明法などの超解像技術と組み合わせることが可能である。 Also, the immersion exposure method can be applied in the step of performing exposure according to the present invention. The immersion exposure method can be combined with a super-resolution technique such as a phase shift method or a modified illumination method.
 液浸露光を行う場合には、(A)基板上に膜を形成した後、露光する工程の前に、及び/又は(B)液浸液を介して膜に露光する工程の後、膜を加熱する工程の前に、膜の表面を水系の薬液で洗浄する工程を実施してもよい。
 液浸液は、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるよう、屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましいが、特に露光光源がArFエキシマレーザー(波長;193nm)である場合には、上述の観点に加えて、入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。
 水を用いる場合、水の表面張力を減少させるとともに、界面活性力を増大させる添加剤(液体)を僅かな割合で添加してもよい。この添加剤はウェハ上のレジスト層を溶解させず、かつレンズ素子の下面の光学コートに対する影響が無視できるものが好ましい。
 このような添加剤としては、例えば、水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。
In the case of performing immersion exposure, (A) after forming a film on the substrate, before the exposure step and / or (B) after exposing the film via the immersion liquid, Prior to the heating step, a step of washing the surface of the membrane with an aqueous chemical may be performed.
The immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the film. In the case of an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm), it is preferable to use water from the viewpoints of availability and ease of handling in addition to the above-described viewpoints.
When water is used, an additive (liquid) that reduces the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion. This additive is preferably one which does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
As such an additive, for example, an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. By adding an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage that the change in the refractive index of the entire liquid can be made extremely small can be obtained.
 一方で、193nm光に対して不透明な物質や屈折率が水と大きく異なる不純物が混入した場合、レジスト上に投影される光学像の歪みを招くため、使用する水としては、蒸留水が好ましい。更にイオン交換フィルター等を通して濾過を行った純水を用いてもよい。
 液浸液として用いる水の電気抵抗は、18.3MΩcm以上であることが望ましく、TOC(有機物濃度)は20ppb以下であることが望ましく、脱気処理をしていることが望ましい。
On the other hand, when an opaque substance or impurities whose refractive index is significantly different from that of water are mixed with respect to 193 nm light, the optical image projected on the resist is distorted. Therefore, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
The electrical resistance of the water used as the immersion liquid is preferably 18.3 MΩcm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
 また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(DO)を用いてもよい。 Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive that increases the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜の後退接触角は温度23±3℃、湿度45±5%において70°以上であり、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適であり、75°以上であることが好ましく、75~85°であることがより好ましい。 The receding contact angle of the resist film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ± 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ± 5%, and is passed through an immersion medium. And is preferably 75 ° or more, more preferably 75 to 85 °.
 上記後退接触角が小さすぎると、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適に用いることができず、かつ水残り(ウォーターマーク)欠陥低減の効果を十分に発揮することができない。好ましい後退接触角を実現する為には、上述した疎水性樹脂(HR)を上記感活性光線性又は放射線性組成物に含ませることが好ましい。あるいは、レジスト膜の上層に、上述した疎水性樹脂(HR)により形成される液浸液難溶性膜(以下、「トップコート」ともいう)を設けてもよい。トップコートに必要な機能としては、レジスト膜上層部への塗布適正、液浸液難溶性である。トップコートは、組成物膜と混合せず、更に組成物膜上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。
 トップコートは、具体的には、炭化水素ポリマー、アクリル酸エステルポリマー、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルエーテル、シリコン含有ポリマー、フッ素含有ポリマーなどが挙げられる。トップコートから液浸液へ不純物が溶出すると光学レンズを汚染するという観点からは、トップコートに含まれるポリマーの残留モノマー成分は少ない方が好ましい。
If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited. In order to realize a preferable receding contact angle, it is preferable to include the above-described hydrophobic resin (HR) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition. Alternatively, an immersion liquid hardly soluble film (hereinafter also referred to as “top coat”) formed of the above-described hydrophobic resin (HR) may be provided on the upper layer of the resist film. The necessary functions for the top coat are appropriate application to the upper layer of the resist film and poor immersion liquid solubility. It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the composition film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the composition film.
Specific examples of the topcoat include hydrocarbon polymers, acrylic ester polymers, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl ether, silicon-containing polymers, fluorine-containing polymers, and the like. From the viewpoint of contaminating the optical lens when impurities are eluted from the top coat into the immersion liquid, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
 トップコートを剥離する際は、現像液を使用してもよいし、別途剥離剤を使用してもよい。剥離剤としては、膜への浸透が小さい溶剤が好ましい。剥離工程が膜の現像処理工程と同時にできるという点では、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液で剥離できることが好ましい。
 トップコートと液浸液との間には屈折率の差がない方が、解像力が向上する。液浸液として水を用いる場合には、トップコートは、液浸液の屈折率に近いことが好ましい。屈折率を液浸液に近くするという観点からは、トップコート中にフッ素原子を有することが好ましい。また、透明性及び屈折率の観点から薄膜の方が好ましい。
 トップコートは、膜と混合せず、更に液浸液とも混合しないことが好ましい。この観点から、液浸液が水の場合には、トップコートに使用される溶剤は、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に使用される溶剤に難溶で、かつ非水溶性の媒体であることが好ましい。更に、液浸液が有機溶剤である場合には、トップコートは水溶性であっても非水溶性であってもよい。以下、トップコート層の形成に用いられるトップコート組成物について説明する。
When peeling the top coat, a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used. As the release agent, a solvent having low penetration into the film is preferable. From the viewpoint that the peeling step can be performed at the same time as the film development processing step, it is preferable that the peeling step can be performed with a developer containing an organic solvent.
The resolution is improved when there is no difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid. When water is used as the immersion liquid, the top coat is preferably close to the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From the viewpoint of making the refractive index close to the immersion liquid, it is preferable to have fluorine atoms in the topcoat. A thin film is more preferable from the viewpoint of transparency and refractive index.
The topcoat is preferably not mixed with the membrane and further not mixed with the immersion liquid. From this point of view, when the immersion liquid is water, the solvent used in the top coat is hardly soluble in the solvent used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention and is not water-soluble. It is preferable that the medium be a sex medium. Further, when the immersion liquid is an organic solvent, the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble. Hereinafter, the topcoat composition used for forming the topcoat layer will be described.
 本発明におけるトップコート組成物に使用される溶剤は有機溶剤であることが好ましい。より好ましくはアルコール系溶剤である。
 溶剤が有機溶剤である場合、レジスト膜を溶解しない溶剤であることが好ましい。使用しうる溶剤としては、アルコール系溶剤、フッ素系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤を用いることが好ましく、非フッ素系のアルコール系溶剤を用いることが更に好ましい。アルコール系溶剤としては、塗布性の観点からは1級のアルコールが好ましく、更に好ましくは炭素数4~8の1級アルコールである。炭素数4~8の1級アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のアルコールを用いることができるが、好ましくは、例えば1-ブタノール、1-ヘキサノール、1-ペンタノール及び3-メチル-1-ブタノール、2-エチルブタノール及びパーフルオロブチルテトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。
 また、トップコート組成物用の樹脂としては、特開2009-134177、特開2009-91798記載の酸性基を有する樹脂も、好ましく用いることができる。
 水溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量は、特に制限はないが、2000から100万が好ましく、更に好ましくは5000から50万、特に好ましくは1万から10万である。ここで、樹脂の重量平均分子量は、GPC(キャリア:THFあるいはN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP))によって測定したポリスチレン換算分子量を示す。
The solvent used in the top coat composition in the present invention is preferably an organic solvent. More preferred is an alcohol solvent.
When the solvent is an organic solvent, it is preferably a solvent that does not dissolve the resist film. As the solvent that can be used, an alcohol solvent, a fluorine solvent, or a hydrocarbon solvent is preferably used, and a non-fluorine alcohol solvent is more preferably used. As the alcohol solvent, a primary alcohol is preferable from the viewpoint of applicability, and a primary alcohol having 4 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable. As the primary alcohol having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a linear, branched, or cyclic alcohol can be used, and preferably, for example, 1-butanol, 1-hexanol, 1-pentanol and 3-methyl- Examples include 1-butanol, 2-ethylbutanol, and perfluorobutyltetrahydrofuran.
As the resin for the top coat composition, resins having an acidic group described in JP-A-2009-134177 and JP-A-2009-91798 can also be preferably used.
The weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably from 10,000 to 100,000. Here, the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
 トップコート組成物のpHは、特に制限はないが、好ましくは0~10、更に好ましくは0~8、特に好ましくは1~7である。 The pH of the top coat composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 7.
 トップコート組成物中の樹脂の濃度は、好ましくは0.1から10質量%、更に好ましくは0.2から5質量%、特に好ましくは0.3から3質量%である。
 トップコート材料には樹脂以外の成分を含んでもよいが、トップコート組成物の固形分に占める樹脂の割合は、好ましくは80から100質量%であり、更に好ましくは90から100質量%、特に好ましくは95から100質量%である。
 本発明におけるトップコート組成物の固形分濃度は、0.1~10であることが好ましく、0.2~6質量%であることがより好ましく、0.3~5質量%であることが更に好ましい。固形分濃度を上記範囲とすることで、トップコート組成物をレジスト膜上に均一に塗布することができる。
The concentration of the resin in the top coat composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass.
The topcoat material may contain components other than the resin, but the ratio of the resin to the solid content of the topcoat composition is preferably 80 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably Is from 95 to 100% by weight.
The solid content concentration of the top coat composition in the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 10, more preferably 0.2 to 6% by mass, and further preferably 0.3 to 5% by mass. preferable. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, the topcoat composition can be uniformly applied onto the resist film.
 本発明のパターン形成方法では、基板上に本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(典型的にはレジスト膜)を形成し、上記レジスト膜上に上記トップコート組成物を用いてトップコート層を形成し得る。このレジスト膜の膜厚は、好ましくは10~100nmであり、トップコート層の膜厚は、好ましくは10~200nm、更に好ましくは20~100nm、特に好ましくは40~80nmである。
 基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布する方法としては、スピン塗布が好ましく、その回転数は1000~3000rpmが好ましい。
 例えば、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を精密集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン/二酸化シリコン被覆)上にスピナー、コーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布、乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成する。なお、予め公知の反射防止膜を塗設することもできる。また、トップコート層の形成前にレジスト膜を乾燥することが好ましい。
 次いで、得られたレジスト膜上に、上記レジスト膜の形成方法と同様の手段によりトップコート組成物を塗布、乾燥し、トップコート層を形成することができる。
 トップコート層を上層に有するレジスト膜に、通常はマスクを通して、活性光線又は放射線を照射し、好ましくはベーク(加熱)を行い、現像する。これにより良好なパターンを得ることができる。
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (typically a resist film) is formed on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and A topcoat layer can be formed on the resist film using the topcoat composition. The thickness of the resist film is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and the thickness of the topcoat layer is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and particularly preferably 40 to 80 nm.
As a method for applying the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition on the substrate, spin coating is preferable, and the rotation speed is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
For example, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate (eg, silicon / silicon dioxide coating) used for manufacturing a precision integrated circuit element by an appropriate application method such as a spinner or a coater. Dry to form a resist film. In addition, a known antireflection film can be applied in advance. Further, it is preferable to dry the resist film before forming the top coat layer.
Next, the top coat composition can be applied on the obtained resist film by the same means as the resist film forming method and dried to form a top coat layer.
The resist film having the top coat layer as an upper layer is usually irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through a mask, preferably baked (heated) and developed. Thereby, a good pattern can be obtained.
 液浸露光工程に於いては、露光ヘッドが高速でウェハ上をスキャンし露光パターンを形成していく動きに追随して、液浸液がウェハ上を動く必要があるので、動的な状態に於けるレジスト膜に対する液浸液の接触角が重要になり、液滴が残存することなく、露光ヘッドの高速なスキャンに追随する性能がレジストには求められる。 In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head to scan the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern. In this case, the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film is important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
 本発明において膜を形成する基板は特に限定されるものではなく、シリコン、SiN、SiOやTiN等の無機基板、SOG等の塗布系無機基板等、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。更に、必要に応じて、レジスト膜と基板の間に反射防止膜を形成させてもよい。反射防止膜としては、公知の有機系、無機系の反射防止膜を適宜用いることができる。 In the present invention, the substrate on which the film is formed is not particularly limited, and an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, SiO 2 or TiN, a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG, a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a liquid crystal, or a thermal head For example, a substrate generally used in a circuit board manufacturing process or other photofabrication lithography process can be used. Furthermore, if necessary, an antireflection film may be formed between the resist film and the substrate. As the antireflection film, a known organic or inorganic antireflection film can be appropriately used.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜を現像する工程において使用する現像液は特に限定しないが、例えば、アルカリ現像液又は有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液とも言う)を用いることが出来る。 The developer used in the step of developing the resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but for example, a developer containing an alkali developer or an organic solvent (Hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer) can be used.
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を有する場合、使用可能なアルカリ現像液は特に限定されないが、一般的には、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38%質量の水溶液が望ましい。また、アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
 アルカリ現像の後に行うリンス処理におけるリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 上記の他、アルカリ現像液としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン等の第一アミン類、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン等の第二アミン類、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン等の第三アミン類、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドドキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラオクチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ブチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、メチルトリアミルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジブチルジペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルフェニルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリエチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の第四級アンモニウム塩、ピロール、ピヘリジン等の環状アミン類等のアルカリ性水溶液を使用することができる。
When the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer, usable alkali developers are not particularly limited, but generally, 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. An aqueous solution is desirable. In addition, an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
As a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development, pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
In addition to the above, examples of the alkaline developer include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia, and primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine. Secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, Tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, Tetraalkylammonium hydroxide such as trimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, quaternary ammonium salts such as trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide An alkaline aqueous solution of cyclic amines such as pyrrole and pihelidine can be used.
 また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。 Further, after the developing process or the rinsing process, it is possible to perform a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid.
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、有機系現像液を用いて現像する工程を有する場合、上記有機系現像液としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。 When the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an organic developer, examples of the organic developer include ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and the like. These polar solvents and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチルー3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl. Examples include ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, and propyl lactate. be able to.
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such as Lumpur can be mentioned.
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。 Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensions in the wafer surface are uniform. Sexuality improves.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
The surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used. Examples of these fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat. Nos. 5,360,692, 5,298,881, 5,296,330, 5,346,098, 5,576,143, 5,294,511, and 5,824,451 can be mentioned. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。 The amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 有機系現像液は、塩基性化合物を含んでいてもよい。本発明で用いられる有機系現像液が含みうる塩基性化合物の具体例及び好ましい例としては、前述の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が含みうる塩基性化合物におけるものと同様である。 The organic developer may contain a basic compound. Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the organic developer used in the present invention are the same as those in the basic compound that can be contained in the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。 As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は好ましくは2mL/sec/mm以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm以上が好ましい。 When the various development methods described above include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the resist film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
 吐出される現像液の吐出圧を上記の範囲とすることにより、現像後のレジスト残渣に由来するパターンの欠陥を著しく低減することができる。 By setting the discharge pressure of the discharged developer within the above range, it is possible to remarkably reduce pattern defects caused by resist residues after development.
 このメカニズムの詳細は定かではないが、恐らくは、吐出圧を上記範囲とすることで、現像液がレジスト膜に与える圧力が小さくなり、レジスト膜・レジストパターンが不用意に削られたり崩れたりすることが抑制されるためと考えられる。 The details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure within the above range, the pressure applied by the developer to the resist film will decrease, and the resist film / resist pattern may be inadvertently cut or collapsed. This is considered to be suppressed.
 なお、現像液の吐出圧(mL/sec/mm)は、現像装置中の現像ノズル出口における値である。 The developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
 現像液の吐出圧を調整する方法としては、例えば、ポンプなどで吐出圧を調整する方法や、加圧タンクからの供給で圧力を調整することで変える方法などを挙げることができる。 Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。 Further, after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
 本発明のパターン形成方法においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)、及び、アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行う工程(アルカリ現像工程)を組み合わせて使用してもよい。これにより、より微細なパターンを形成することができる。
 本発明において、有機溶剤現像工程によって露光強度の弱い部分が除去されるが、更にアルカリ現像工程を行うことによって露光強度の強い部分も除去される。このように現像を複数回行う多重現像プロセスにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、通常より微細なパターンを形成できる(特開2008-292975号公報 [0077]と同様のメカニズム)。
 本発明のパターン形成方法においては、アルカリ現像工程及び有機溶剤現像工程の順序は特に限定されない。
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) and a step of developing using an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developing step) are used in combination. Also good. Thereby, a finer pattern can be formed.
In the present invention, a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step, but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by further performing the alkali development step. In this way, by the multiple development process in which development is performed a plurality of times, a pattern can be formed without dissolving only the intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-292975 [0077]. ] And the same mechanism).
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the order of the alkali development step and the organic solvent development step is not particularly limited.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後には、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むことが好ましい。
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、レジストパターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用することができる。上記リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものを挙げることができる。
It is preferable to include the process of wash | cleaning using a rinse liquid after the process developed using the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. . As the rinse liquid, a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、より好ましくは、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、更に好ましくは、アルコール系溶剤又はエステル系溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、特に好ましくは、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、最も好ましくは、炭素数5以上の1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行う。 More preferably, it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent. A step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
 ここで、リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノールなどを用いることができ、特に好ましい炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどを用いることができる。 Here, examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. Can.
 上記各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、良好な現像特性を得ることができる。
A plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に用いるリンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 リンス工程においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いる現像を行ったウェハを上記の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができ、この中でも回転塗布方法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~160℃、好ましくは70~95℃で、通常10秒~3分、好ましくは30秒から90秒間行う。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
In the rinsing step, the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent. The cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、DSA(Directed Self-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACS Nano Vol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823参照)にも好適に用いることができる。
 また、本発明は、上記した本発明のパターン形成方法(好ましくはネガ型)を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
The pattern forming method of the present invention can also be suitably used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. 4 No. 8 Pages 4815-4823).
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method (preferably a negative type) of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物など)は、金属等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる金属成分の含有量としては、これら各材料の質量に対して、10ppm以下が好ましく、5ppm以下がより好ましく、1ppm以下が更に好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が特に好ましい。
 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過を挙げることができる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ50nm以下が好ましく、10nm以下がより好ましく、5nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用しても良い。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であっても良い。
 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、などの方法を挙げることができる。各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行っても良く、フィルター濾過と吸着材を組み合わせて使用しても良い。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができ、例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材を使用することができる。
Various materials used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention and the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, a developer, a rinsing liquid, a composition for forming an antireflection film, and for forming a top coat) The composition or the like preferably does not contain impurities such as metals. The content of the metal component contained in these materials is preferably 10 ppm or less, more preferably 5 ppm or less, still more preferably 1 ppm or less, and substantially not contained (the detection of the measuring device) with respect to the mass of each material. It is particularly preferred that it is below the limit.
Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the various materials include filtration using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less, and still more preferably 5 nm or less. As a material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step.
Moreover, as a method for reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials. And the like. The preferable conditions for filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials are the same as those described above.
In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.
 以下、実施例により本発明を説明するが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
〔合成例1:化合物A1合成〕
 化合物A1を下記に示す方法にて合成した。
[Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound A1]
Compound A1 was synthesized by the method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
<A1-2の合成>
 三口フラスコにA1-1(アダマンタンエタノール)18g(100mmol)を塩化メチレン160gに溶解させ、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン(iPrNEt)14.9g(115mmol)加え-20℃に冷却した。続いて、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸無水物酸(TfO)30.8g(110mmol)を反応液中に滴下ロートを用い滴下した。更に-20℃で1時間攪拌した後、飽和重曹水400g、ヘキサン300gを入れた三口フラスコに反応液を添加し室温(25℃)で10分攪拌した。続いて有機相を分離し、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水、飽和食塩水を用いて洗浄し濃縮し、目的の化合物A1-2を31g得た。
<Synthesis of A1-2>
In a three-necked flask, 18 g (100 mmol) of A1-1 (adamantaneethanol) was dissolved in 160 g of methylene chloride, and 14.9 g (115 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine (iPr 2 NEt) was added and cooled to −20 ° C. Subsequently, 30.8 g (110 mmol) of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (Tf 2 O) was dropped into the reaction solution using a dropping funnel. After further stirring at −20 ° C. for 1 hour, the reaction solution was added to a three-necked flask containing 400 g of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and 300 g of hexane, and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 10 minutes. Subsequently, the organic phase was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, water and saturated brine, and concentrated to obtain 31 g of the desired compound A1-2.
<A1-4の合成>
 三口フラスコにA1-3(2-メチル-1-プロパノール)20g(270mmol)をテトラヒドロフラン(THF) 200gに溶解させ、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン38.4g(297mmol)加え0℃に冷却した。続いてメタンスルホン酸クロリド(MsCl)32.5g(284mmol)を反応液中に滴下ロートを用い滴下した。更に0℃で1時間攪拌した後、飽和重曹水300gを入れた三口フラスコに反応液を添加し室温(25℃)で10分攪拌した。続いて酢酸エチル300gを添加した後に、有機相を分離し、水、飽和食塩水を用いて洗浄し濃縮した。得られた粗精製物を蒸留精製(5mmHG,外温100℃)し、目的の化合物A1-4を26g得た。
<Synthesis of A1-4>
In a three-necked flask, 20 g (270 mmol) of A1-3 (2-methyl-1-propanol) was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran (THF), and 38.4 g (297 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine was added and cooled to 0 ° C. Subsequently, 32.5 g (284 mmol) of methanesulfonic acid chloride (MsCl) was dropped into the reaction solution using a dropping funnel. After further stirring at 0 ° C. for 1 hour, the reaction solution was added to a three-necked flask containing 300 g of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 10 minutes. Subsequently, after adding 300 g of ethyl acetate, the organic phase was separated, washed with water and saturated brine, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by distillation (5 mmHG, external temperature 100 ° C.) to obtain 26 g of the target compound A1-4.
<A1-5の合成>
 三口フラスコにA1-4 20g(134mmol)をTHF 300g、DMI(1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン)20gに溶解させ-78℃に冷却した。続いてn-BuLi(2.65M/ヘキサン溶液)50.6ml(134mmol)を反応液中にシリンジにて滴下しながら加えた。更に-78℃で30分攪拌した後、A1-2 27.9g(89.3mmol)をTHF 50gに溶解した溶液を反応液中に滴下ロートを用い滴下した。0℃に昇温し1時間攪拌した後に、ヘキサン1L、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液500gを入れた三口フラスコに反応液を添加し室温(25℃)で30分攪拌した。続いて有機相を分離し、水、飽和食塩水を用いて洗浄し濃縮した。得られた粗精製物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=20/1)にて精製し、目的の化合物A1-5を20.4g得た。
<Synthesis of A1-5>
In a three-necked flask, 20 g (134 mmol) of A1-4 was dissolved in 300 g of THF and 20 g of DMI (1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone) and cooled to −78 ° C. Subsequently, 50.6 ml (134 mmol) of n-BuLi (2.65 M / hexane solution) was added dropwise to the reaction solution with a syringe. After further stirring at −78 ° C. for 30 minutes, a solution prepared by dissolving 27.9 g (89.3 mmol) of A1-2 in 50 g of THF was dropped into the reaction solution using a dropping funnel. After raising the temperature to 0 ° C. and stirring for 1 hour, the reaction solution was added to a three-necked flask containing 1 L of hexane and 500 g of a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 30 minutes. Subsequently, the organic phase was separated, washed with water and saturated brine, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 20/1) to obtain 20.4 g of the target compound A1-5.
<A1-6の合成>
 三口フラスコにA1-5 11.6g(37mmol)をTHF 60gに溶解させ-78℃に冷却した。続けてナトリウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド(NaHMDS)(1.9M/ヘキサン溶液)58ml(111mmol)を反応液中にシリンジにて滴下しながら加えた。更に-78℃で30分攪拌した後、NFSi(N-フルオロベンゼンスルホンイミド)35g(111mmol)を反応液中に分割しながら添加した。-78℃で2時間攪拌した後に、ヘキサン500g、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液300gを入れた三口フラスコに反応液を添加し室温(25℃)で30分攪拌した。続いて有機相を分離し、水、飽和食塩水を用いて洗浄し濃縮した。得られた粗精製物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=60/1)にて精製し、目的の化合物A1-6を5.0g得た。
<Synthesis of A1-6>
In a three-necked flask, 11.6 g (37 mmol) of A1-5 was dissolved in 60 g of THF and cooled to −78 ° C. Subsequently, 58 ml (111 mmol) of sodium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide (NaHMDS) (1.9 M / hexane solution) was added dropwise to the reaction solution with a syringe. The mixture was further stirred at −78 ° C. for 30 minutes, and 35 g (111 mmol) of NFSi (N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide) was added to the reaction solution while being divided. After stirring at −78 ° C. for 2 hours, the reaction solution was added to a three-necked flask containing 500 g of hexane and 300 g of a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 30 minutes. Subsequently, the organic phase was separated, washed with water and saturated brine, and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 60/1) to obtain 5.0 g of the desired compound A1-6.
<A1の合成>
 三口フラスコにA1-6を2.0g(5.7mmol)加え、アセトニトリル20gに溶解させ0℃に冷却した。NaI 0.85g(5.7mmol)を反応液中に添加し、内温40℃に昇温し1時間攪拌した。続いて内温を室温(25℃)にした後に、塩化メチレン50g、水50gを添加し、TPS-Br(トリフェニスルホニウムブロミド)1.96g(5.7mmol)を加え2時間攪拌した。有機相を分離し、水200gを用いて洗浄し、有機相を濃縮した。得られた濃縮物を、ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=2/1溶液100gで洗浄し、目的の化合物A1を2.85g得た。H-NMR、400MHz、δ(CDCl) ppm:1.36-1.40(2H、m)、1.47(6H、brs)、1.57-1.69(6H、m)、1.92(2H、brs)、2.21-2.40(2H、m)、7.66-7.81(15H、m)
 上記化合物A1と同様の合成方法で、後掲の化合物A2~A16を合成した。
<Synthesis of A1>
2.0 g (5.7 mmol) of A1-6 was added to a three-necked flask, dissolved in 20 g of acetonitrile, and cooled to 0 ° C. 0.85 g (5.7 mmol) of NaI was added to the reaction solution, and the temperature was raised to 40 ° C. and stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, after the internal temperature was brought to room temperature (25 ° C.), 50 g of methylene chloride and 50 g of water were added, and 1.96 g (5.7 mmol) of TPS-Br (triphenylsulfonium bromide) was added and stirred for 2 hours. The organic phase was separated and washed with 200 g of water and the organic phase was concentrated. The obtained concentrate was washed with 100 g of a hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1 solution to obtain 2.85 g of the target compound A1. 1 H-NMR, 400 MHz, δ (CDCl 3 ) ppm: 1.36-1.40 (2H, m), 1.47 (6H, brs), 1.57-1.69 (6H, m), 1 .92 (2H, brs), 2.21-2.40 (2H, m), 7.66-7.81 (15H, m)
The following compounds A2 to A16 were synthesized by the same synthesis method as the above compound A1.
[合成例2:樹脂(1)の合成]
 シクロヘキサノン 102.3質量部を窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、下記構造式M-1で表されるモノマー 22.2質量部、下記構造式M-2で表されるモノマー 22.8質量部、下記構造式M-3で表されるモノマー 6.6質量部、シクロヘキサノン 189.9質量部、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル〔V-601、和光純薬工業(株)製〕2.40質量部の混合溶液を5時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃で更に2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のヘキサン/酢酸エチル(質量比9:1)で再沈殿、ろ過し、得られた固体を真空乾燥することで、樹脂(1)を41.1質量部得た。
[Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Resin (1)]
102.3 parts by mass of cyclohexanone was heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this solution, 22.2 parts by mass of a monomer represented by the following structural formula M-1, 22.8 parts by mass of a monomer represented by the following structural formula M-2, and represented by the following structural formula M-3 A mixed solution of 6.6 parts by mass of monomer, 189.9 parts by mass of cyclohexanone, dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate [V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.] over 5 hours It was dripped. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was allowed to cool, then reprecipitated and filtered with a large amount of hexane / ethyl acetate (mass ratio 9: 1), and the obtained solid was vacuum-dried to obtain 41.1 parts by mass of Resin (1). .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 得られた樹脂(1)のGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))から求めた重量平均分子量(Mw:ポリスチレン換算)は、Mw=9500、分散度はMw/Mn=1.62であった。13C-NMRにより測定した組成比はモル比で40/50/10であった。
 合成例2と同様の操作を行い、酸分解性樹脂として後掲の樹脂(2)~(12)を合成した。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw: converted to polystyrene) obtained from GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) of the obtained resin (1) was Mw = 9500, and the dispersity was Mw / Mn = 1.62. The composition ratio measured by 13 C-NMR was 40/50/10 in molar ratio.
The same operations as in Synthesis Example 2 were performed to synthesize the following resins (2) to (12) as acid-decomposable resins.
<レジスト調製>
 後掲の表3に示す成分を溶剤に溶解させ、それぞれについて固形分濃度4質量%の溶液を調製し、これを0.05μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過して感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製した。感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を下記の方法で評価し、結果を表3に示した。
 表3における各成分について、複数使用した場合の比は質量比である。
<Resist preparation>
The components shown in Table 3 below are dissolved in a solvent, and a solution with a solid content of 4% by mass is prepared for each, and this is filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.05 μm. A functional resin composition was prepared. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was evaluated by the following method, and the results are shown in Table 3.
About each component in Table 3, the ratio at the time of using multiple is a mass ratio.
<パターン形成方法>
 シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜ARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行い、膜厚95nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベーク(PB:Prebake)を行い、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 得られたウエハをArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.900、インナーシグマ0.812、XY偏向)を用い、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して露光した。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後、105℃で60秒間加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)した。次いで、酢酸ブチルで30秒間パドルして現像し、リンス液〔メチルイソブチルカルビノール(MIBC)〕で30秒間パドルしてリンスした。続いて、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウエハを回転させることにより、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのパターンを形成した。
<Pattern formation method>
An organic antireflection film ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto the silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 95 nm. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) was applied thereon and baked (PB: Prebake) at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm.
The obtained wafer was used with an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.900, inner sigma 0.812, XY deflection) 1: Exposure was through a 6% halftone mask with a one line and space pattern. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid. Then, it heated at 105 degreeC for 60 second (PEB: Post Exposure Bake). Subsequently, it was developed by paddling with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and rinsed by padding with a rinsing solution [methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)] for 30 seconds. Subsequently, the wafer was rotated at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to form a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm.
<評価>
(フォーカス許容度(DOF:Depth of Focus))
 上記<パターン形成方法>の露光・現像条件において線幅50nmのラインパターンを形成する露光量において、フォーカス方向に10nm刻みで、露光フォーカスの条件を変更して露光及び現像を行い、得られる各パターンのスペース線幅(CD)を線幅測長走査型電子顕微鏡SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380)を使用して測定し、上記の各CDをプロットして得られる曲線の極小値又は極大値に対応するフォーカスをベストフォーカスとした。このベストフォーカスを中心にフォーカスを変化させた際に、ライン幅が50nm±10%を許容するフォーカスの変動幅、すなわち、フォーカス許容度(nm)を算出した。フォーカス許容度の値は大きいほど好ましい。
<Evaluation>
(Focus tolerance (DOF: Depth of Focus))
Each pattern obtained by performing exposure and development by changing the exposure focus conditions in increments of 10 nm in the focus direction at the exposure amount for forming a line pattern having a line width of 50 nm under the exposure and development conditions of <Pattern Formation Method> Space line width (CD) was measured using a line width measurement scanning electron microscope SEM (Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380), and the minimum or maximum of the curve obtained by plotting each of the above CDs The focus corresponding to the value was the best focus. When the focus was changed around the best focus, a focus fluctuation range allowing a line width of 50 nm ± 10%, that is, a focus tolerance (nm) was calculated. A larger focus tolerance value is preferable.
(感度評価)
 シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜ARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行い、膜厚95nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上にレジスト組成物を塗布し、90℃の温度で60秒間ベーク(PB:Prebake)を行い、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 得られたウェハをピッチ138nm遮光部50nmのハーフトーンマスクを介して液浸露光機(ASML社製;XT1700i)にて露光した。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後、85℃の温度にて、60秒間加熱(PEB)した。得られたウェハを酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、ラインアンドスペースパターンを形成した。得られたラインアンドスペースパターンを線幅測長走査型電子顕微鏡SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380)で観察することにより、スペース幅が35nmとなる露光量を感度(mJ/cm)として求めた。感度は、値が小さいほど好ましい。
(Sensitivity evaluation)
An organic antireflection film ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto the silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 95 nm. A resist composition was applied thereon and baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds (PB: Prebake) to form a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm.
The obtained wafer was exposed with a liquid immersion exposure machine (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i) through a halftone mask with a pitch of 138 nm and a light shielding part of 50 nm. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid. Thereafter, heating (PEB) was performed at a temperature of 85 ° C. for 60 seconds. The resulting wafer was developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds to form a line and space pattern. By observing the obtained line and space pattern with a line width measurement scanning electron microscope SEM (Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380), the exposure amount at which the space width becomes 35 nm is defined as sensitivity (mJ / cm 2 ). Asked. The sensitivity is preferably as the value is smaller.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000079
 表中の略号は下記を使用した。
<化合物(A)(光酸発生剤(A))>
The following abbreviations were used in the table.
<Compound (A) (Photoacid Generator (A))>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
<その他の酸発生剤> <Other acid generators>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
<樹脂(B)> <Resin (B)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 また、各繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比;左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分散度(Mw/Mn)を下表4に示す。これらは上述した樹脂(1)と同様の方法により求めた。 Also, the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of each repeating unit are shown in Table 4 below. These were calculated | required by the method similar to resin (1) mentioned above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
<酸拡散制御剤(塩基性化合物)>
 酸拡散制御剤として、以下の化合物を用いた。
<Acid diffusion controller (basic compound)>
The following compounds were used as acid diffusion control agents.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
<疎水性樹脂>
 疎水性樹脂としては、以下の樹脂を使用した。
<Hydrophobic resin>
As the hydrophobic resin, the following resins were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
 各繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比;左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分散度(Mw/Mn)を表5に示す。これらは上述した樹脂(1)と同様の方法により求めた。 Table 5 shows the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of each repeating unit. These were calculated | required by the method similar to resin (1) mentioned above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
<界面活性剤>
 W-1:メガファックF176(DIC(株)製)(フッ素系)
 W-2:メガファックR08(DIC(株)製)(フッ素及びシリコン系)
 W-3:PF6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)(フッ素系)
 W-4:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)
 〔溶剤〕
 A1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 A2:シクロヘキサノン
 A3:γ―ブチロラクトン
 B1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
<Surfactant>
W-1: Megafuck F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (fluorine-based)
W-2: Megafuck R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (fluorine and silicon)
W-3: PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.) (fluorine-based)
W-4: Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.)
〔solvent〕
A1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
A2: Cyclohexanone A3: γ-Butyrolactone B1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
 表3に示す結果から、化合物(A)を含有しない比較例1~4の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物と比較して、化合物(A)を含有する実施例1~19の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、フォーカス許容度が大きく、かつ感度が高いことが分かる。
 更に、上記一般式(AI)中のTが単結合であり、Rx、Rx及びRxがアルキル基であり、Rx、Rx及びRxで表されるアルキル基の炭素数の総和が4以上であり、かつRx、Rx、Rxの2つ又は3つが結合して環を形成しない、酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂を含有する実施例7及び15の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、並びに、上記一般式(1)中のR32がイソプロピル基又はt-ブチル基である酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂を含有する実施例2、9~15の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更にフォーカス許容度が大きく、かつ感度が高いことが分かる。
From the results shown in Table 3, the sensitivity of Examples 1 to 19 containing the compound (A) as compared with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 not containing the compound (A). It can be seen that the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition has a large focus tolerance and high sensitivity.
Furthermore, T in the general formula (AI) is a single bond, Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are alkyl groups, and the total number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 And a resin having a group having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid and generates a polar group, wherein two or three of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 are not bonded to form a ring. 15 actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid in which R 32 in general formula (1) is an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group to generate a polar group It can be seen that the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions of Examples 2 and 9 to 15 that contain the compound further have a large focus tolerance and high sensitivity.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、それを用いたパターン形成方法は、特に極微細(例えば線幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、大きいフォーカス許容度、及び高い感度を満足することができる。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention and the pattern forming method using the same satisfy a large focus tolerance and a high sensitivity particularly in the formation of a very fine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less). be able to.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2014年7月1日出願の日本特許出願(特願2014-136327)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on July 1, 2014 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-136327), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (19)

  1.  活性光線又は放射線の照射により下記一般式(I)で表されるスルホン酸を発生する化合物(A)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式中、
     Rf及びRfは各々独立にフッ素原子又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含む1価の有機基を表す。
     R及びRは各々独立にフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基又は水素原子を表し、R~Rは各々独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
     nは1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合は、複数のR及び複数のRはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていても良い。
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound (A) that generates a sulfonic acid represented by the following general formula (I) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    Where
    Rf 1 and Rf 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group containing at least one fluorine atom.
    R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen atom having no fluorine atom, and R 3 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
    n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different.
  2.  前記R及びRが水素原子を表す、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R 1 and R 2 represent a hydrogen atom.
  3.  前記Rが環状構造を有する1価の有機基を表す、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R 5 represents a monovalent organic group having a cyclic structure.
  4.  前記Rが多環の環状構造を有する1価の有機基を表す、請求項3に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein R 5 represents a monovalent organic group having a polycyclic ring structure.
  5.  前記Rが多環のシクロアルキル基を表す、請求項4に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 4, wherein R 5 represents a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  6.  前記Rf及びRfがフッ素原子を表す、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein Rf 1 and Rf 2 each represents a fluorine atom.
  7.  前記R及びRが水素原子を表す、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R 3 and R 4 each represent a hydrogen atom.
  8.  前記R及びRの少なくともいずれか1つがアルキル基を表す、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein at least one of R 3 and R 4 represents an alkyl group.
  9.  前記nが1を表す、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein n represents 1.
  10.  前記化合物(A)がオニウム塩である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the compound (A) is an onium salt.
  11.  更に、酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂を含む請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising a resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
  12.  前記酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂が、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位を含有する、請求項11に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(AI)中、
     Xaは、水素原子、メチル基又は-CH-Rで表される基を表す。Rは、水酸基又は1価の有機基を表す。
     Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立にアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
     Rx~Rxのうち2つが結合して、シクロアルキル基を形成してもよい。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI). .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In general formula (AI),
    Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —R 9 . R 9 represents a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group.
    T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
    Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a cycloalkyl group.
  13.  一般式(AI)中のTが単結合であり、Rx、Rx及びRxがアルキル基であり、Rx、Rx及びRxで表されるアルキル基の炭素数の総和が4以上であり、かつRx、Rx、Rxの2つ又は3つが結合して環を形成しない、請求項12に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 T in the general formula (AI) is a single bond, Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are alkyl groups, and the total number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 is 4 or more. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 12, wherein two or three of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are not bonded to form a ring.
  14.  前記酸の作用により分解し極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である、請求項11、12又は13に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     一般式(1)中、
     R31は、水素原子、アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基を表し、
     R32は、アルキル基を表し、
     R33は、R32が結合する炭素原子とともに単環の脂環式炭化水素構造を形成するのに必要な原子団を表す。
     上記脂環式炭化水素構造は、環を構成する炭素原子の一部が、ヘテロ原子又はヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or resin according to claim 11, 12 or 13, wherein the resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1). Radiation sensitive resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In general formula (1),
    R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group,
    R 32 represents an alkyl group,
    R 33 represents an atomic group necessary for forming a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure together with the carbon atom to which R 32 is bonded.
    In the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, a part of carbon atoms constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom or a group having a hetero atom.
  15.  前記R32は、イソプロピル基又はt-ブチル基である請求項14に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 15. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 14, wherein R 32 is an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group.
  16.  請求項1~15のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
     前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程、及び
     露光した前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液によって現像する工程を含むパターン形成方法。
    Forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15;
    A pattern forming method comprising: exposing the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film with a developer containing an organic solvent.
  17.  前記露光がArF液浸露光である請求項16に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 16, wherein the exposure is ArF immersion exposure.
  18.  請求項16又は17に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。 An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to claim 16.
  19.  請求項18に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法によって製造された電子デバイス。 An electronic device manufactured by the electronic device manufacturing method according to claim 18.
PCT/JP2015/068392 2014-07-01 2015-06-25 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern-forming method, electronic device production method, and electronic device WO2016002634A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016531322A JP6438954B2 (en) 2014-07-01 2015-06-25 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014136327 2014-07-01
JP2014-136327 2014-07-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016002634A1 true WO2016002634A1 (en) 2016-01-07

Family

ID=55019173

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/068392 WO2016002634A1 (en) 2014-07-01 2015-06-25 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern-forming method, electronic device production method, and electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6438954B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201610569A (en)
WO (1) WO2016002634A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018042810A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2020055802A (en) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-09 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012074077A1 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and radiation-sensitive acid generator
JP2012181270A (en) * 2011-02-28 2012-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Resist composition, and resist film and negative pattern formation method using the same
JP2014010183A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-01-20 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition to be used for the method
JP2014048500A (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-17 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film and pattern forming method using composition, method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device, and compound
WO2014141979A1 (en) * 2013-03-11 2014-09-18 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist pattern forming method, radiation-sensitive acid generator and compound
JP2015062057A (en) * 2013-08-20 2015-04-02 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist pattern forming method, radiation-sensitive acid generator, and compound

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6047822B2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2016-12-21 シャープ株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
KR101882716B1 (en) * 2014-04-14 2018-07-27 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using same, pattern formation method, production method for electronic device, and electronic device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012074077A1 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and radiation-sensitive acid generator
JP2012181270A (en) * 2011-02-28 2012-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Resist composition, and resist film and negative pattern formation method using the same
JP2014010183A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-01-20 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition to be used for the method
JP2014048500A (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-17 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film and pattern forming method using composition, method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device, and compound
WO2014141979A1 (en) * 2013-03-11 2014-09-18 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist pattern forming method, radiation-sensitive acid generator and compound
JP2015062057A (en) * 2013-08-20 2015-04-02 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist pattern forming method, radiation-sensitive acid generator, and compound

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018042810A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR20190034612A (en) * 2016-08-31 2019-04-02 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Active radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
CN109643061A (en) * 2016-08-31 2019-04-16 富士胶片株式会社 Sensitized ray or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, the manufacturing method of electronic device
JPWO2018042810A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2019-07-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic radiation sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing electronic device
KR102195503B1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2020-12-28 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
CN109643061B (en) * 2016-08-31 2022-04-15 富士胶片株式会社 Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2020055802A (en) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-09 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
JP7344727B2 (en) 2018-09-26 2023-09-14 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6438954B2 (en) 2018-12-19
JPWO2016002634A1 (en) 2017-04-27
TW201610569A (en) 2016-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6464152B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6476177B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and method for producing electronic device
WO2017154345A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP6140487B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2020105505A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device
JP6194236B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film and pattern forming method using the same, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device
JP5244933B2 (en) Resist composition, and resist film and pattern forming method using the same
WO2015029690A1 (en) Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film using same, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP2011028281A (en) Pattern forming method
JP5307171B2 (en) Resist composition, and resist film and negative pattern forming method using the same
WO2017169626A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP6438954B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6457539B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2014192768A1 (en) Pattern-forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6140583B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film and pattern forming method using the same, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2018042956A1 (en) Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2015133220A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device
JP2009258709A (en) Positive photosensitive composition and method of forming pattern therewith
JP2009186503A (en) Positive photosensitive composition, pattern forming method using the positive photosensitive composition, and compound used for the positive photosensitive composition
TW201716861A (en) Method for forming pattern and actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
WO2014171449A1 (en) Method for forming pattern, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, process for producing electronic device, and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15815024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016531322

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15815024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1